1mined(1)                      Unicode text editor                     mined(1)
2
3
4

NAME

6       MinEd - powerful text editor with extensive Unicode and CJK support
7

SYNTAX

9       mined [ -/+options ] [ +line ] [ +/search ] [ files ... ]
10
11       xmined ...
12       umined ...
13
14       wined ...
15
16       minmacs ...
17       mstar ...
18       mpico ...
19
20       →NEW→  Note:  Mined  suppresses backup file names from the command line
21       file list if they appear after their base version name as generated  by
22       command  line  auto-completion,  in  order  to prevent their accidental
23       editing; thus after file name "x" the following would be excluded  from
24       the  file  list  (where  N is a number): "x~", "x;N", "x.~N~", so that,
25       e.g., mined x* edits x and x1 but not x~.
26

DESCRIPTION

28       (Note: if there is no dotted line below, use 8 bit terminal environment
29       for proper display of manual page.)
30       ······················································
31
32       Mined is a text editor with
33
34        Security and safety features
35              ·      →NEW→  Transparent editing of encrypted files, using fil‐
36                     ters configurable by file type
37
38              ·      Systematic text and file handling safety,  avoiding  loss
39                     of data
40
41              ·      Backup features, supporting simple or versioned backup
42
43              ·      Hard link preservation
44
45              ·      Optional password hiding
46
47        Interactive features
48              ·      Intuitive user interface
49
50              ·      Logical  and consistent concept of navigating and editing
51                     text (without ancient line-end  handling  limitations  or
52                     insert/append confusion)
53
54              ·      Supports various control styles:
55
56                     ·      Editing  with  command  control, function key con‐
57                            trol, or menu control
58
59                     ·      Navigation by cursor keys, control keys, mouse  or
60                            scrollbar
61
62              ·      Concise  and  comprehensive  menus (driven by keyboard or
63                     mouse)
64
65              ·      HOP key paradigm doubles the number of  navigation  func‐
66                     tions  that  can be most easily reached and remembered by
67                     intuitively amplifying or expanding the associated  func‐
68                     tion
69
70              ·      Interactive file chooser and interactive file switcher
71
72              ·      Proper  handling  of  window size changes in any state of
73                     interaction
74
75        Versatile character encoding support
76              ·      Extensive Unicode  support,  including  double-width  and
77                     combining  characters, script highlighting, various meth‐
78                     ods of character input  support  (mapped  keyboard  input
79                     methods,  mnemonic  and  numeric  input), supporting CJK,
80                     Vietnamese, Hebrew, Arabic, and other scripts
81
82              ·      Character information from recent Unicode version
83
84              ·      Extensive accented  character  input  support,  including
85                     multiple accent prefix keys
86
87              ·      Support for Greek (monotonic and polytonic)
88
89              ·      Support for Cyrillic accented characters
90
91              ·      Support of bidirectional terminals
92
93              ·      Support of Arabic ligature joining on all terminals
94
95              ·      East  Asian  character set support: handling of major CJK
96                     encodings (including GB18030 and JIS encodings with  com‐
97                     bining characters)
98
99              ·      Support  for a large number of 8 bit encodings (with com‐
100                     bining characters for Vietnamese, Thai, Arabic, Hebrew)
101
102              ·      Support of CJK input methods by enhanced keyboard mapping
103                     including  multiple  choice  mappings  (handled by a pick
104                     list menu); characters in the pick list being  sorted  by
105                     relevance of Unicode ranges
106
107              ·      Han character information with description and pronuncia‐
108                     tion
109
110              ·      Auto-detection of text character  encoding,  edits  files
111                     with  mixed character encoding sections (e.g. mailboxes),
112                     transparent handling and auto-detection of UTF-16 encoded
113                     files
114
115              ·      Auto-detection  of  UTF-8 / CJK / 8 bit terminal mode and
116                     detailed features (like different Unicode width and  com‐
117                     bining data versions)
118
119              ·      Comprehensive  and  flexible (though standard-conformant)
120                     set of mechanisms  to  specify  both  text  and  terminal
121                     encodings with useful precedences
122
123              ·      Flexible combination of any text encoding with any termi‐
124                     nal encoding
125
126              ·      Encoding  support  tested  with:  xterm,  mlterm,   rxvt,
127                     cxterm,  kterm,  hanterm,  KDE  konsole,  gnome-terminal,
128                     Linux console, cygwin console, mintty, PuTTY
129
130        Text editing features
131              ·      Text layout features:
132
133                     ·      Paragraph wrapping, also justifying item lists
134
135                     ·      Auto-indentation  and   Undent   function   (smart
136                            Backspace)
137
138                     ·      Smart quotes (with quotation marks style selection
139                            and auto-detection) and smart dashes
140
141                     ·      →NEW→ Advanced list support (bullet  and  numbered
142                            lists)
143
144              ·      Search and replacement patterns can have multiple lines
145
146              ·      Cross-session paste buffer (copy/paste between multiple -
147                     even subsequent or remote - invocations of mined)
148
149              ·      Optional Unicode paste buffer mode with implicit  conver‐
150                     sion
151
152              ·      Marker stack for quick return to previous text positions
153
154              ·      Multiple paste buffers (emacs-style)
155
156              ·      Optional rectangular copy/paste area
157
158              ·      Interactive  selection  highlighting  (with mouse or key‐
159                     board selection), standard dual-mode Del key behaviour
160
161              ·      Program editing features, HTML support and  syntax  high‐
162                     lighting, identifier and function definition search, also
163                     across files; structure input support
164
165              ·      Visible indications of special text contents (TAB charac‐
166                     ters, different line-end types, character codes that can‐
167                     not be displayed in the current mode)
168
169              ·      Full binary transparent editing with visible  indications
170                     (illegal  UTF-8 or CJK, mixed line end types, NUL charac‐
171                     ters, ...)
172
173              ·      Print function that works in all text encodings
174
175              ·      Optional emacs command mode
176
177        Small-footprint operation, portability and interworking
178              ·      Plain text mode (terminal) operation
179
180              ·      Optimized use of terminal features for a  wide  range  of
181                     terminals,  including  large terminal support (2015x2015)
182                     of recent xterm and mintty
183
184              ·      Instant start-up
185
186              ·      Runs on many platforms (including legacy systems): Linux,
187                     Android,  Raspberry  Pi, Unix (SunOS, BSD, Mac OS X, QNX,
188                     GNU Hurd, HP-UX, IBM AIX,  Irix,  SCO  UnixWare,  Ultrix,
189                     Tru64),  DOS  (djgpp),  Windows  (cygwin, Interix, MSYS),
190                     OpenVMS, Haiku
191
192       This manual contains the main topics
193
194              ·      Command line options
195
196              ·      Editing text with mined, an overview
197
198                     ·      Keypad layout
199
200                     ·      The HOP function
201
202                     ·      Mouse control and Menus
203
204                     ·      Paste buffers
205
206                     ·      Visual selection and Keypad modes
207
208                     ·      Rectangular copy/paste
209
210                     ·      Text position marker stack
211
212                     ·      Paragraph justification
213
214                     ·      Auto indentation and Structure input support
215
216                     ·      List support (bullet and numbered lists)
217
218                     ·      Search and replace multiple lines
219
220              ·      Overview: input support features
221
222              ·      Handling files with mined
223
224                     ·      Tags file support
225
226                     ·      →NEW→ Encrypted files
227
228                     ·      Data safety and security, →NEW→ Backup and  recov‐
229                            ery files and File locking
230
231                     ·      Line end modes and binary-transparent editing
232
233                     ·      File  info:  Memory  of  file position and editing
234                            style parameters
235
236                     ·      →NEW→ File chooser and File switcher
237
238                     ·      Version control integration
239
240                     ·      Printing
241
242              ·      Working with mined
243
244                     ·      Quick Options (Mode indication) flags
245
246                     ·      Structured editing support
247
248                     ·      Password hiding
249
250                     ·      Visible indication of line contents
251              Language support
252
253              ·      Character handling support
254
255                     ·      Combining characters
256
257                     ·      Character information display
258
259                     ·      Character conversion features
260
261                     ·      Smart quotes
262
263              ·      Character input support
264
265                     ·      Accented and mnemonic input support
266
267                     ·      Combining character input
268
269                     ·      Special character input shortcuts
270
271                     ·      Character input mnemonics
272
273                     ·      Keyboard Mapping and Input Methods
274
275              ·      Character encoding support
276
277                     ·      Auto-detected character encodings
278
279                     ·      CJK and mapped 8 bit encoding support
280
281                     ·      Combining characters
282
283              ·      Unicode support
284
285                     ·      Character input support
286
287                     ·      Encoding conversion support
288
289                     ·      Bidirectional terminal support
290
291                     ·      Joining characters
292
293              ·      CJK support
294
295                     ·      CJK input method support
296
297                     ·      Han character information display
298
299              ·      Terminal encoding support Mined Command  reference  (com‐
300                     mand and key function assignments)
301
302                     ·      Generic command modifiers (esp. HOP key)
303
304                     ·      Cursor and screen motion
305
306                     ·      Entering text
307
308                            ·      Input support commands
309
310                     ·      Modifying text
311
312                     ·      Text block and buffer operations
313
314                     ·      Search
315
316                     ·      File operations
317
318                     ·      Menu
319
320                     ·      Miscellaneous
321
322                     ·      MSDOS keyboard functions
323
324                     ·      Emacs mode
325
326                     ·      Windows keyboard mode
327
328                     ·      WordStar mode
329
330              ·      Configuration of user preferences
331
332              ·      Environment interworking and configuration hints
333
334                     ·      Mined runtime support library
335
336                     ·      PC versions
337
338                     ·      VMS version
339
340                     ·      Android version
341
342                     ·      Terminal environment
343
344                            ·      Locale configuration
345
346                            ·      PC terminals
347
348                            ·      Terminal setup and configuration
349
350                            ·      Terminal interworking problems
351
352                     ·      Keyboard Mapping / Input Method preselection
353
354                     ·      Smart Quotes style configuration
355
356                     ·      Han info configuration
357
358                     ·      Common paste buffer configuration
359
360                     ·      Keypad configuration
361
362                     ·      Printing configuration
363
364                     ·      Mined configuration
365
366              ·      Environment variables
367
368              ·      Author and Acknowledgements
369
370       Interactive help is available with F1.
371

Command line options

373       Mined can be invoked
374
375              ·      with or without list of file names
376
377              ·      reading from a pipe (reading text from standard input)
378
379              ·      writing into a pipe (writing edited text to standard out‐
380                     put)
381
382              ·      using a script that starts it in a new window
383
384   Examples
385       mined x
386              edits the file x
387
388       mined x y z
389              edits files x, y, and z
390
391       cmd | mined
392              edits the output of program cmd; a file name for saving  can  be
393              given later
394
395       mined x > y
396              takes the contents of file x and edits it for writing into y
397
398       mined | mail nn
399              edits a text to be mailed
400
401       cmd1 | mined | cmd2
402              modifies  text  within  a pipe between program cmd1 (output) and
403              cmd2 (as input)
404
405       minmacs ...
406              runs mined in emacs-compatible command mode (like mined -e)
407
408       mstar ...
409              runs mined in WordStar-compatible command mode (like mined -W)
410
411       mpico ...
412              runs mined in pico-compatible command mode (alpha)
413
414       xmined ...
415              starts a new terminal window (xterm or rxvt, depending  on  cur‐
416              rent TERM variable setting) and invokes mined in it
417
418       umined ...
419              starts  a  new  terminal  window  in  UTF-8 mode (xterm or rxvt,
420              depending on  font  availability  and  usage  capabilities)  and
421              invokes mined in it
422
423       wined ...
424              (in cygwin) starts mined in a window (using the mintty terminal,
425              applying Windows look-and-feel)
426
427       wined.bat ...
428              (in Windows) starts mined in a window,  using  Windows  keyboard
429              emulation mode
430
431   Startup options
432       +number
433              Mined positions to the given line number.
434
435       +/expr Mined initially searches for the given search expression.  →NEW→
436              The search can be repeated with F9.
437
438       -v     Mined starts in view only mode. The text cannot be modified.
439
440       --     Restricted mode (tool mode): no other files  can  be  edited  or
441              otherwise  affected.   (Also  triggered  if programm name starts
442              with "r", e.g. rmined).
443
444       ++     End of options; subsequent file name can start with "-" or "+".
445
446       +@     Apply extended grooming to file  info  file;  drop  entries  for
447              files  that  are  not accessible.  See File info: Memory of file
448              position and editing style parameters for details.
449
450   File handling
451       +x     Make new files executable (Unix).  When  cloning  a  file  (with
452              Save  As or a similar feature), or if permissions are restricted
453              by the environment (umask setting in Unix),  executable  permis‐
454              sion is set only where also read permission is set.
455
456       +bX    Select backup mode, where X is one of:
457
458              ·      -: no backup files
459
460              ·      s: simple backup files (F~)
461
462              ·      e: emacs style numbered backup files (F.~N~)
463
464              ·      v: VMS style numbered backup files (F;N)
465
466              ·      n: numbered backup files (whichever style occurs)
467
468              ·      a: automatic backup files (whichever style occurs)
469       See Backup files for details.
470
471       +zX    Preselect file chooser sort options, where X is one of:
472
473              ·      x: sort by file name extensions
474
475              ·      d: list directories first
476
477   Line end handling (transparent and transforming)
478       -r     Convert  MSDOS  line ends (CR LF) to Unix line ends (LF) (strip‐
479              ping CR at line ends).  Can be combined with  -R  or  +R.   Also
480              sets  line  end  type  for new files to LF for the djgpp version
481              (which defaults to CR LF).
482
483       +r     Convert Unix line ends (LF) to MSDOS line ends (CR  LF)  (adding
484              CR  at  line  ends).   Can be combined with -R or +R.  Also sets
485              line end type for new files to CR LF.
486
487       -R     Convert Mac line ends (CR) to Unix line ends (LF).  Can be  com‐
488              bined with -r or +r.
489
490       +R     Recognise Mac line ends (CR) and indicate them on display; noth‐
491              ing is transformed with this option.  Can be combined with -r or
492              +r.
493
494       +u-u   Interpret Unicode line separator and paragraph separator as nor‐
495              mal characters, not line ends (handling them as  line  ends  was
496              previously enabled with -uu and is now on by default).
497
498   Character set and character handling
499       -u   (character set)
500              Interprets  edited  text  as  UTF-8,  disables  UTF and CJK auto
501              detection.
502              Synonym of -EU.
503
504       -l   (character set)
505              Interprets edited text as Latin-1, disables  UTF  and  CJK  auto
506              detection.
507              Synonym of -EL.
508
509       +u-u (character handling)
510              Interpret  text  as  UTF-8, but interpret Unicode line separator
511              and paragraph separator as normal characters, not line ends.
512
513       -c   (character handling)
514              Selects separated display mode for combined characters (separat‐
515              ing  base  character  and  combining characters).  This mode can
516              also be toggled from the Options menu or by clicking on the Com‐
517              bining  flag  (next to the character encoding flag) in the flags
518              area.
519
520       -b   (character handling)
521              Toggle "poor man's bidi" mode: input support  for  right-to-left
522              scripts,  based  on  Unicode script ranges.  (Enabled by default
523              unless the terminal is detected to be in bidi mode; so  e.g.  in
524              mlterm, poor man's bidi is disabled by default.)
525
526       -EX  (character set)
527              Where  X  is  one of B/G/C/J/S/K/H: Selects one of the supported
528              CJK character encodings for  text  interpretation  and  disables
529              auto-detection  of CJK encodings.  For details, see CJK encoding
530              support.  For more details on supported encodings, see the Char‐
531              acter  encoding flags listing in the Quick Options (Mode indica‐
532              tion) flags section.
533
534       -EX  (character set)
535              Where X is one of U/L or  another  1-letter  character  encoding
536              tag:  Selects  Unicode/UTF-8,  Latin-1, or one of the other sup‐
537              ported character encodings for text interpretation.  For details
538              on  supported encodings, see the Quick Options (Mode indication)
539              flags listing.
540
541       -E=charmap     (character set)
542              Where charmap is a character encoding name (as reported  by  the
543              locale charmap command): Selects the respective character encod‐
544              ing for text  interpretation.   For  details  on  locale-related
545              character encoding configuration, see Locale configuration.
546
547       -E.suffix (character set)
548              Where  suffix is a character encoding suffix ("codeset") as used
549              in locale names: Selects the respective character  encoding  for
550              text  interpretation.   For  details on locale-related character
551              encoding configuration, see Locale configuration.
552
553       -E:flag   (character set)
554              Where flag is a 2-letter indication used by  mined  to  indicate
555              the  respective  text encoding in the Encoding flag: Selects the
556              respective character  encoding  for  text  interpretation.   For
557              details  on  supported  encodings and their flags, see the Quick
558              Options (Mode indication) flags listing.
559
560       -Eu  (buffer encoding)
561              Enables  Unicode  buffer  mode  which   always   maintains   the
562              Copy/Paste  buffer  in  Unicode,  thus  facilitating  conversion
563              between different encodings being edited.  For details, see Uni‐
564              code Copy/Paste buffer conversion.
565
566       -E?  (character set)
567              Determine  the  encoding(s) of the text file(s) given as parame‐
568              ters by auto-detection, print out the information and quit.
569
570       -E or -E-
571              →NEW→ Disable text encoding auto-detection and  derive  it  from
572              the locale environment.
573
574       -KX  (input method handling)
575              Configure  the  Space  key to perform a certain function in key‐
576              board mapping selection menus ("CJK input method  pick  lists"),
577              where X is one of:
578               'n' to navigate to the next choice (like cursor-right),
579               'r' to navigate to the next row (like cursor-down),
580               's' to select the current choice (like Enter).
581
582       -K=im-im  (input method selection)
583              Select  input  method  and/or  standby  input  method (for quick
584              switching with Alt-k).  The  syntax  is  the  same  as  for  the
585              optional environment variable MINEDKEYMAP (see below).
586
587   Terminal mode
588       -U   (terminal mode)
589              Toggles  UTF-8  screen  handling  assumption, i.e. selects UTF-8
590              screen handling unless UTF-8 keyboard input is already  selected
591              (by  another  -U  option or environment setting).  In the latter
592              case, -U deselects UTF-8 terminal operation.  This option should
593              normally  not  be  used  as the mode should be configured in the
594              environment (see Locale configuration).
595
596       +U   (terminal mode)
597              Selects UTF-8 screen handling.  Note that none of the options -U
598              or  +U  needs to be used if the environment is correctly config‐
599              ured to indicate UTF-8 as it should (see Unicode handling / Ter‐
600              minal environment).
601              Also,  mined  performs auto-detection of UTF-8 terminal encoding
602              and UTF-8 terminal features (different width data versions, han‐
603              dling  of  double-width,  combining  and joining characters), so
604              even if the  environment  is  not  correctly  configured,  mined
605              should work without this explicit terminal mode parameter.
606
607       +UU  (terminal mode)
608              Selects bidirectional terminal support.  This mode implies UTF-8
609              and also assumes that Arabic ligature joining (of LAM/ALEF  com‐
610              binations) is applied; it will be handled by mined accordingly.
611
612       +UU-U     (terminal mode)
613              Selects  bidirectional  terminal support without Arabic ligature
614              joining (like mintty).
615
616       -cc  (terminal mode)
617              Assumes that the terminal does not support combining characters.
618              By default - unless otherwise detected - mined assumes that com‐
619              bining characters work on UTF-8 terminals and do not work in CJK
620              terminals.
621
622       +c   (terminal mode)
623              Assumes  that  the terminal supports combining characters.  This
624              is enabled by default  for  UTF-8  terminals,  and  disabled  by
625              default for CJK terminals, unless otherwise detected.
626
627       +EX  (terminal mode)
628              Where  X is one of B/G/C/J/X/S/x/K/H: Assumes a CJK encoded ter‐
629              minal in one of the  supported  CJK  character  encodings.   For
630              details, see CJK encoding support.
631
632       +EX  (terminal mode)
633              Where  X  is one of g/c/j: Assumes a CJK encoded terminal in one
634              of the CJK character encodings like G/C/J and also assumes  that
635              the terminal cannot display GB18030 4-byte encodings, CNS 4-byte
636              encodings, EUC-JP 3-byte encodings, respectively.
637
638       +EX  (terminal mode)
639              Where X is one of U/L or  another  1-letter  character  encoding
640              tag:  Assumes  a  Unicode/UTF-8  or  Latin-1  encoded  terminal,
641              respectively, or an 8-bit terminal running one of the other sup‐
642              ported character encodings.  For details on supported encodings,
643              see the Quick Options  (Mode  indication)  flags  listing.   For
644              details on terminal encoding support, see Terminal encoding sup‐
645              port.
646
647       +E=charmap     (terminal mode)
648              Where charmap is a character encoding name (as reported  by  the
649              locale  charmap  command):  Assumes  the  terminal  to  have the
650              respective encoding.  For details  on  locale-related  character
651              encoding configuration, see Locale configuration.
652
653       +E.suffix (terminal mode)
654              Where  suffix is a character encoding suffix ("codeset") as used
655              in locale names: Assumes the terminal  to  have  the  respective
656              encoding.  For details on locale-related character encoding con‐
657              figuration, see Locale configuration.
658
659       +E:flag   (terminal mode)
660              Where flag is a 2-letter indication used by  mined  to  indicate
661              the  respective  encoding as text encoding in the Encoding flag:
662              Assumes the terminal  to  have  the  respective  encoding.   For
663              details  on  supported  encodings and their flags, see the Quick
664              Options (Mode indication) flags listing.
665
666       +E?  (terminal mode)
667              Determine the terminal encoding and  further  terminal  encoding
668              features  and properties by auto-detection, print out the infor‐
669              mation and quit.
670
671       -C   (character set and terminal mode)
672              (Deprecated.)  Turns a subsequent -E option (with a  single-let‐
673              ter  CJK  tag) effectively into a combined -E and +E option.  So
674              mined assumes the given CJK encoding for both terminal  encoding
675              (unless  overridden  by  UTF-8 terminal auto-detection) and text
676              encoding.  Can be used for quick  indication  of  CJK  terminals
677              (e.g. cxterm, kterm, hanterm) if locale environment is not prop‐
678              erly set.
679
680       +C   (terminal mode)
681              Displays unknown characters  on  CJK  terminal:  Assumes  a  CJK
682              encoded  terminal  (e.g.  cxterm,  kterm, hanterm; more specific
683              encoding specification is advisable), and characters encoded  in
684              a  CJK  encoding format are displayed transparently even if they
685              do not map to a valid Unicode character.
686
687       +CC  (terminal mode)
688              Displays invalid characters on CJK  terminal:  Implies  +C,  but
689              even character codes that do not match the encoding scheme (e.g.
690              wrt. to specified byte ranges) are written transparently to  the
691              terminal.
692
693       +CCC (terminal mode)
694              Displays  extended  characters  on CJK terminal: Implies +CC and
695              overrides auto-detection of the terminal capability  to  display
696              CJK  3-byte / 4-byte codes which would by default suppress their
697              display if the terminal does not support them.
698
699       +D   (keyboard assignment)
700              Setup xterm (by sending dynamic configuration  codes)  to  apply
701              two  useful  keyboard  handling  modes:  Del key on small keypad
702              sends DEL character rather than an escape sequence and can  thus
703              be  distinguished  from the Del key on the big (numeric) keypad.
704              Prepend ESC to character if pressed with the Alt or Meta key  in
705              order  to enable Alt-commands (e.g. Alt-f to open the file menu,
706              Alt-Shift-H to enter HTML  markers  etc).   (Unfortunately  this
707              cannot  be  done  by  default as it cannot be undone because the
708              previous state cannot be detected.)  (This xterm setting  should
709              rather be configured permanently as suggested in the sample file
710              Xdefaults.mined in the Mined runtime support library.)
711
712       +#     →NEW→ Assume dark terminal background and  adjust  some  colours
713              accordingly.
714
715       -nc    Suppress usage of terminal colour attributes.
716
717   Information display
718       +H     →NEW→ Enable syntax highlighting for HTML/XML and server script‐
719              ing.
720
721       -H     Disable HTML/XML syntax highlighting.
722
723       +?c    Enable character code information display on status line.
724
725       +?X    Enable character code information  display  (implies  +?c)  with
726              additional information, where X is one of:
727
728              ·      s: Unicode script
729
730              ·      n: Unicode character name
731
732              ·      →NEW→ q: Unicode named sequence
733
734              ·      d: Unicode character decomposition
735
736              ·      m: mined input mnemonics available for this character
737       Note:  setting  any of these options may disable some others as not all
738       combinations are considered useful.
739
740       +?h    Enable full Han character information display as  a  popup.   In
741              addition  to  the character description, a set of pronunciations
742              can be selected with the variable MINEDHANINFO.
743
744       +?x    Enable compact Han character information  on  status  line.   In
745              addition  to  the character description, a set of pronunciations
746              can be selected with the variable MINEDHANINFO.
747
748       +?f    Enable file and position  information  display  on  status  line
749              (enabled  by  default).  Note that when editing a file that does
750              not fit completely in memory (e.g. large file  on  old  system),
751              this  option may cause considerable swapping. In that case, dis‐
752              able the feature with -?f.
753
754       -?X    Deselect the respective +? option.
755
756   Editing behaviour
757       -q     →NEW→ Derive  quotation  marks  style  from  locale  information
758              (environment  variables  LANGUAGE,  TEXTLANG,  LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE,
759              LANG).  See Smart quotes for details.  Note: if either  LANGUAGE
760              or TEXTLANG is used, -q is assumed implicitly.
761
762       -q=locale
763              →NEW→   Derive   quotation   marks   style  from  given  locale.
764              (-q:locale works too.)
765
766       +q or +q=locale
767              →NEW→ Like -q but exchange primary and secondary style.
768
769       -q:style
770              →NEW→ Set given quotation marks style if available for any  lan‐
771              guage, e.g. -q:"«»".  (-q=style works too.)
772
773       -w     Recognise  fewer  places  as  word  boundaries for word skip and
774              delete commands.
775
776       -a     Append  mode:  Append  to  text  buffer  or  external  file  for
777              copy/delete commands instead of replacing it.
778
779       +j     Set  justification level 1 (or increment level previously set by
780              environment variable to 1 or 2): Level 1 initially enables auto‐
781              matic  word wrap at line end when typing over right margin.  Can
782              be changed by clicking on the j/J flag.
783
784       +jj    Set justification level 2: Level 2 initially  enables  automatic
785              word  wrap at line end when typing within paragraph; buggy.  Can
786              be changed by clicking on the j/J flag.
787
788       -j     Set justification level 1 or 2 (other than previously set).  Can
789              be changed by clicking on the j/J flag.
790
791       -T     When  moving  vertically  over a Tab character, stay left of the
792              Tab column range (on the Tab character).  The default depends on
793              the previous position.  Also, stay left on a wide character when
794              moving vertically over it.
795
796       +T     When moving vertically over a Tab character, stay right  of  the
797              Tab  column  range  (behind  the  Tab  character).   The default
798              depends on the previous position.
799
800       -V     Place cursor before pasted region  after  paste  commands.   (If
801              this option is enabled already, -V acts like -VV.)
802
803       -VV    Like  -V,  and  disable  emacs-style  paste buffer functions for
804              "delete word" and "delete to end of line" commands (^T, ^K).
805
806       +V     Place cursor behind pasted region  after  paste  commands.   (If
807              this option is enabled already, +V acts like +VV.)
808
809       +VV    Like  +V,  and  enable  emacs-style  paste  buffer functions for
810              "delete word" and "delete to end of line" commands (^T, ^K).
811
812       +[     Initially enable rectangular paste buffer mode.  See Rectangular
813              copy/paste.
814
815       -[     Initially disable rectangular paste buffer mode.
816
817       +V:X or -V:X
818              →NEW→  Enable/disable visual selection behaviour, where X is one
819              of
820
821              ·      k: keep selection when searching
822
823              ·      c: automatically copy after mouse selection
824
825   Keyboard function mode selection
826       +eX    Select emulation mode, especially control key function  mapping,
827              where X is one of
828
829              ·      e: emacs mode
830
831              ·      s: WordStar mode
832
833              ·      w: Windows keyboard mode
834
835              ·      W:  Windows behaviour (keyboard mode, CRLF for new files,
836                     cmd.exe with ESC !)
837
838              ·      p: pico mode
839
840              ·      m: mined default
841
842       -e     Select emacs mode. This assigns functions to control  keys,  M-X
843              commands  (ESC commands, using the "meta" key as emacs calls the
844              Alt prefix) and C-X commands as defined  by  the  emacs  editor.
845              Also  the  emacs  paste  buffer  ring and cut/paste behaviour is
846              enabled.
847
848       -W     Select WordStar mode. This configures WordStar command key  lay‐
849              out and enables many functions of the ^K, ^O, and ^Q menus.
850
851       -kX    Select keypad modes, where X is one of
852
853              ·      m: mined keypad mode.
854
855              ·      s  or  S:  Shift-select mode: Shifted keypad keys (cursor
856                     keys, PgUp/PgDn/Home/End) start or extend text  selection
857                     (with visual highlighting) and visual selection behaviour
858                     is slightly adapted to common usage; in addition,  Shift-
859                     HOP  is  mapped  to  the Copy function.  Unshifted keypad
860                     keys retain their default mined functions.
861
862              ·      w: Windows keypad mode;  implies  -kS  (also  implied  by
863                     +ew):
864
865              ·      c:  Home  and End keys of small ("editing") keypad invoke
866                     Mark/Copy to paste buffer (overriding selected  mode  for
867                     them)
868
869              ·      C:  Home  and  End  keys of big ("numeric") keypad invoke
870                     Mark/Copy to paste buffer (overriding selected  mode  for
871                     them)
872
873       +t     (Deprecated.) Windows keypad mode, like -kw.
874
875       +tt    (Deprecated.) Shift-select mode, like -kS.
876
877       -k (as single-letter option)
878              Switch  the Home and End key functions of the two keypads (small
879              keypad, numeric keypad), i.e.  exchange  the  two  keypads  with
880              respect  to  these  keys.  This assigns the more usual functions
881              "goto line beginning", "goto line end" to the Home and End  keys
882              of  the right keypad.  The (assumedly more useful) mined default
883              is to assign the frequently used paste buffer  functions  (mark,
884              copy) to these keys.
885              In  turn, the assigned functions of the Home and End keys of the
886              small keypad ("editing keypad") are  exchanged  to  provide  the
887              other function than on the right keypad, respectively - provided
888              the terminal and its configuration support this distinction.
889              Also Alt-Home/End are assigned the respective other functions on
890              each keypad so the most useful keypad functions should always be
891              quite easily available.
892              Regardless of this switching, mined tries to map fixed functions
893              to  modified Home and End keys: Ctrl-Home/End for line begin/end
894              movement (both keypads), Shift-Home/End  for  the  paste  buffer
895              copy  functions (small keypad) - provided the terminal, its mode
896              and configuration support distinction of modified keypad keys.
897              See also the section on Keypad layout for a motivating  overview
898              of the mined keypad assignment features and options.
899              About  terminal support and configuration, see Keypad configura‐
900              tion for further hints.
901
902       +k     Enforce usage of  terminal  "keypad  mode"  which  switches  the
903              numeric  keypad  to  send "application keypad" escape sequences.
904              This is normally not needed. On certain  terminals,  mined  will
905              automatically use this mode (e.g.  Linux console), and in termi‐
906              nal emulators it is usually not needed unless you are running  a
907              misconfigured X windows system in which case you can enable dis‐
908              tinguished keypad functions by using the NumLock function of the
909              keyboard and switching on this option.
910
911       +Bp    →NEW→  Backspace  should  apply  "plain backspacing" rather than
912              "smart backspacing", i.e. no auto-undent  and  only  delete  one
913              combining  character  of  a  combined  character;  without  this
914              option, use Control-Backspace for  the  "plain"  function;  with
915              this  option,  use Shift-Control-Backspace for the "smart" func‐
916              tion.
917
918       -B     (Deprecated.)  Enforce the Del control character to delete left,
919              Backspace to move left.  Should normally not be used, see "Auto‐
920              matic backspace mode adaptation" below.
921
922   Appearance
923       -QX    Select menu border style, where X is one of
924
925              ·      s: simple border,
926
927              ·      r: rounded corners,
928
929              ·      f: fat border,
930
931              ·      d: double border,
932
933              ·      a: ASCII border (can be combined with another option  -Qs
934                     or -Qr),
935
936              ·      v: VT100 alternate character set graphics border,
937
938              ·      @: block border (deprecated),
939
940              ·      1:  (or  another digit) add a margin between menu borders
941                     and contents (can be combined with any other -Q option),
942
943              ·      B: →NEW→ full menu background
944
945              ·      b: →NEW→ transparent menu background
946
947              ·      p: →NEW→ plain menu borders (no lines)
948
949              ·      P: →NEW→ very plain: no menu borders
950
951              ·      Q: stylish selection bar for navigating menu  items,  see
952                     image  (can be combined with another option -Qs or -Qr or
953                     -Qf or -Qd).
954
955              ·      q: disable stylish selection bar
956       Mined sets an appropriate default based on its assumptions of the  ter‐
957       minal capabilities.
958
959       -O     Disable script colour highlighting (for Greek, Cyrillic...).
960
961       +O     Enable  script  colour  highlighting  (for  Greek, Cyrillic...).
962              (Disabled by default in dark terminals.)
963
964       -f     Restrict usage of graphic characters: use  cell-grained  scroll‐
965              bar, simple menu borders, no fancy menu bar for highlighting the
966              selected menu item.
967
968       -ff    Further restrict usage of graphic  characters:  no  Unicode  box
969              drawing graphic characters for menu borders.
970
971       -fff   Further restrict usage of graphic characters: no graphic charac‐
972              ters (including VT100 graphics) for menu borders.
973
974       -F     Assume a screen font with limited coverage  of  special  symbols
975              and  restrict  usage of special marker characters for display of
976              line indications. (This is needed e.g. for KDE  konsole  or  for
977              xterm using TrueType fonts.)
978              Interpretation  of  the  MINEDUTF* environment variables is sup‐
979              pressed.
980
981       -FF    Assume a screen font with even more limited coverage of  special
982              symbols  and restrict usage of special characters for indication
983              of selected menu items.  Also, trigger substitution display of a
984              number of special characters in text (like in non-Unicode termi‐
985              nals).
986
987       +F     Revert the effect of one -F option (e.g.  preconfigured  in  the
988              environment  variable MINEDOPT) or a corresponding assumption of
989              mined about the specific terminal which would limit font usage.
990
991       +FF    Fully enable usage of characters for special indications.
992
993   Further mode selection, interface and display behaviour
994       -N     Set Tab size to either value of 8, 4, →NEW→  2.   The  effective
995              Tab  size can be changed while editing with the ESC T command or
996              from the Options menu.
997
998       -+N    Set Tab spacing expansion mode to either size or 8, 4, →NEW→  2.
999              In  this  mode,  a  TAB  input  character will be expanded to an
1000              appropriate number of spaces.  To enter a  real  Tab  character,
1001              type  Ctrl-V  Tab (^V^I).  The effective Tab size can be changed
1002              while editing with the ESC T command or from the  Options  menu.
1003              Tab expansion mode can be changed while editing with the HOP ESC
1004              T command or from the Options menu.
1005
1006       -P     Hide passwords; enables hidden display of one  word  behind  the
1007              string  "assword"  in  a  line (to accommodate for "password" or
1008              "Password"): hidden characters  are  indicated  by  reverse  "*"
1009              characters.   By  default, this mode is activated when editing a
1010              file whose name starts with ".".
1011
1012       +P     Unhide passwords; always display them.
1013
1014       +ZZ    Virtual bold stropping: displays keywords of Algol-like program‐
1015              ming  languages in bold while transparently editing them in all-
1016              capital letters  ("upper  stropping"),  which  is  started  with
1017              entering  only  one  capital letter.  Implicitly enabled on file
1018              name suffix .a68 (disable with -ZZ).
1019
1020       +Z_    Underline strop style: use underlined instead of bold for strop‐
1021              ping.    To  activate  virtual  underline  stropping,  use  both
1022              options: +ZZZ_.
1023
1024       -LN    (N is a number) Define mouse wheel movement to scroll by N lines
1025              (default 3).  Ctrl-mouse-wheel always scrolls by 1 line.  Shift-
1026              mouse-wheel scrolls by 1 page.   Mouse-wheel  on  the  scrollbar
1027              scrolls by half a page.
1028
1029       +M:    →NEW→  Enable file tabs header display (above menu line which is
1030              also enabled).
1031
1032       -M:    →NEW→ Disable file tabs header display.
1033
1034       -M     Suppress display of menu header line (including  flags).   Pull-
1035              down  and  pop-up  menus  can still be opened with keyboard com‐
1036              mands.  Mouse control remains enabled.
1037
1038       -MM    Suppress display of menu header line (including flags) and  dis‐
1039              able  quick  menu  (right-click  on text).  Pull-down and pop-up
1040              menus can still be opened with keyboard commands, the quick menu
1041              can still be opened with Alt-space or ESC space.
1042
1043       -MM+M  Disable quick menu but leave menu header and flags line enabled.
1044
1045       +*     Enable  enhanced mouse control: Menu items can be navigated with
1046              the mouse  without  button  pressed.   Enabled  by  default  for
1047              mintty, xterm, gnome-terminal, cygwin console.
1048
1049       -*     Disable enhanced mouse control (if enabled by default or by pre‐
1050              vious option), otherwise disable mouse support altogether.
1051
1052       -**    Disable mouse support altogether.
1053
1054       -oN    Select scrollbar display mode.  N=0 disables the scrollbar  (may
1055              speed up editing on slow remote lines), N=1 enables cell-grained
1056              scrollbar display, N=2 (default) enables finer-grained scrollbar
1057              display on a UTF-8 terminal.
1058
1059       -oo    Selects  old  (until  2000.14)  left/right  click  behaviour  on
1060              scrollbar.
1061
1062       -o     Disables the scrollbar.
1063
1064       +o     Enables the scrollbar.
1065
1066       -p     Enables distinguished display of line ends  and  paragraph  ends
1067              with different symbols.
1068
1069       -X     Disables display of the filename in the window title bar.
1070
1071       -s     Stay  with  cursor  in  top  line after page down or bottom line
1072              after page up instead of center line.
1073
1074       -S     Use scrolling for page up/down.
1075
1076       -dN    Apply delay between lines of page  output  to  achieve  visually
1077              effective  display  build-up  which may help to quickly focus on
1078              the new cursor position (the screen output is displayed starting
1079              from the cursor position, proceeding to the screen edges).
1080                   If  N  lies  between  '0' and '9', the respective number of
1081              milliseconds is applied between display of two lines.  If N='0',
1082              still  an  output flush is performed.  If N='-', no delay at all
1083              is applied though still the order of display output is from cur‐
1084              sor position to edges.
1085                   Default:  '-';  configuration  is currently disabled in the
1086              Unix version as 'usleep' doesn't seem to be very portable.
1087
1088       +p     Enables support for proportional display fonts.  This  does  not
1089              really work, however, with e.g. xterm or SunOS shelltool as they
1090              do  not  reliably  position  characters  after   using   control
1091              sequences.
1092
1093       All  options  are  also looked for in the environment variable MINEDOPT
1094       (or MINED for compatibility).
1095       On the command line, options containing wildcard characters ("?",  "*")
1096       may  need  to  be  quoted  (if  matching files starting with "-" or "+"
1097       exist).
1098

Editing text with mined

1100       Mined is always in insert mode. Commands are single control characters,
1101       double  key commands starting with ESCAPE, and a collection of function
1102       keys (for various types of keyboards and terminals).  As  a  specialty,
1103       note  the  prefixing 'HOP KEY' which amplifies or expands the effect of
1104       certain commands "just as you would expect";  this  provides  for  more
1105       command  flexibility  without  having  to remember too many keys. It is
1106       described in a separate section below.
1107
1108   Keypad layout
1109       Control key layout for basic movement functions is topographic  on  the
1110       left-hand side of the keyboard (an idea originating from early editors,
1111       when keyboards didn't have cursor keypads).  (Although using  a  cursor
1112       block  is  more comfortable, a simple set of control key assignments is
1113       useful as a fallback on terminals or remote  connections  with  reduced
1114       functionality.)
1115
1116       The  right-hand  cursor block of typical keyboards is assigned the most
1117       important movement and paste buffer functions.
1118
1119       Keypad assignment features:
1120
1121              ·      Mined optimizes keypad usage  for  most  frequently  used
1122                     functions,  especially paste buffer functions in addition
1123                     to navigation functions, by making them easily accessible
1124                     on the keypad.
1125
1126                     ·      For  this  purpose,  mined  distinguished  between
1127                            Home/End keys on the numeric  keypad  and  on  the
1128                            small keypad (whenever possible with the terminal)
1129                            in order to avoid the waste of  resources  by  the
1130                            usually  redundant  mapping  of  these  two keypad
1131                            blocks.
1132
1133                     ·      Note: this means that on the big ("numeric")  key‐
1134                            pad  the  mined  keypad  function  assignment  for
1135                            Home/End deviates from their more usual  meanings.
1136                            This  is  deliberately designed to enhance support
1137                            of quick copy/paste with  these  easily  reachable
1138                            keys,  while  line  movement  can  also  easily be
1139                            achieved with HOP cursor-left or HOP cursor-right,
1140                            respectively.
1141                            This keypad function assignment gives you the best
1142                            benefit of keypad usage  and  is  thus  considered
1143                            much more useful than the "standard assignment".
1144
1145                     ·      The  Del  and  Backarrow  keys perform their usual
1146                            dual-mode  function;  if  a  visual  selection  is
1147                            active,  they  delete the selection (with a Cut to
1148                            the paste buffer), if there is  no  visual  selec‐
1149                            tion,  they delete the next or previous character,
1150                            respectively.
1151
1152              small ("editing") keypad and big ("numeric") keypad:
1153              +-------+-------+-------+    +-------+-------+-------+
1154              | Insert| Home  | PgUp  |    | (7)   |  (8)  | (9)   |
1155              | Paste |LineBeg|       |    | Mark  |   ↑   | PgUp  |
1156              +-------+-------+-------+    +-------+-------+-------+
1157              | Delete| End   | PgDn  |    | (4)   |  (5)  | (6)   |
1158              |Del/Cut|LineEnd|       |    |  ←    |  HOP  |  →    |
1159              +-------+-------+-------+    +-------+-------+-------+
1160                                           | (1)   |  (2)  | (3)   |
1161                                           | Copy  |   ↓   | PgDn  |
1162                                           +-------+-------+-------+
1163                                           | (0)           | (.)   |
1164                                           | Paste         |Del/Cut|
1165                                           +-------+-------+-------+
1166
1167
1168              ·      The centrally placed HOP key is a  prefix  modifier  that
1169                     can  be  used  for  intuitive  modification of navigation
1170                     functions and for useful  alternatives  of  paste  buffer
1171                     functions.
1172
1173              big ("numeric") keypad after HOP:
1174                                           +-------+-------+-------+
1175                                           | (7)   |  (8)  | (9)   |
1176                                           |go Mark|Scr top|FileBeg|
1177                                           +-------+-------+-------+
1178                                           | (4)   |  (5)  | (6)   |
1179                                           |LineBeg|       |LineEnd|
1180                                           +-------+-------+-------+
1181                                           | (1)   |  (2)  | (3)   |
1182                                           |Append |Scr bot|FileEnd|
1183                                           +-------+-------+-------+
1184                                           | (0)           | (.)   |
1185                                           |Cross-paste    |+Append|
1186                                           +-------+-------+-------+
1187
1188
1189              See The HOP function below for alternative keys to trigger it.
1190
1191              ·      Mined  offers  additional  function mappings for modified
1192                     keypad keys, both for providing unambiguous  mappings  in
1193                     any case and to handle the deviation of its benefit-opti‐
1194                     mized Home/End keypad mapping from frequent expectations,
1195                     and an option to customize Home/End:
1196
1197                     ·      Alt-Home/End  are mapped to the Home/End functions
1198                            of the other keypad, respectively. So by  default,
1199                            on the numeric keypad they invoke the line naviga‐
1200                            tion functions.
1201
1202                     ·      The -k option exchanges Home/End functions of  the
1203                            small  and  numeric  keypads  with each other, and
1204                            switches Alt-Home/End to also invoke  the  "other"
1205                            function,  respectively:  keypad  function assign‐
1206                            ments:
1207
1208                     ·      (cf Windows keypad mode below) Ctrl-Del is  always
1209                            mapped  to  character deletion, while Shift-Del is
1210                            mapped to the paste buffer Cut  function,  regard‐
1211                            less of the visual selection.
1212
1213                     ·      (cf  Windows  keypad mode below) Ctrl-Home/End are
1214                            always mapped to  line  navigation,  while  Shift-
1215                            Home/End  are mapped to the paste buffer functions
1216                            Mark/Copy, regardless of the -k option.
1217
1218                     ·      Alt-Del is mapped to the respective "other"  func‐
1219                            tion, depending on visual selection.
1220
1221                     ·      Note:  Keypad  function  assignments  as described
1222                            depend on  terminal  support  to  distinguish  all
1223                            involved keys and modifiers which is unfortunately
1224                            not always the case.
1225                            Terminal support for proper distinction of differ‐
1226                            ent  keypads  and modified keys may be enhanced by
1227                            appropriate terminal configuration, see  the  sec‐
1228                            tion on Keypad configuration.
1229                            →NEW→  With  xterm since 280, all desired distinc‐
1230                            tions between different keypads as well  as  modi‐
1231                            fied  keypad keys are achieved (by using the modi‐
1232                            fyKeyboard resource mode in combination with VT220
1233                            Keyboard and Application Keypad modes).
1234
1235              ·      Two  Keypad modes (see below) change the function assign‐
1236                     ment of the keypads.
1237
1238                     ·      In Shift-select mode (option -kS),  Shift-modified
1239                            keypad  keys  activate  or  extend  a  visual text
1240                            selection; also Shift-5 (on keypad) performs  Copy
1241                            to paste buffer.
1242
1243                     ·      In  Windows keypad mode (option -kw), additionally
1244                            non-shifted keypad keys are changed to perform the
1245                            more  common functions, at the price of losing the
1246                            easy Home/End assignment to  invoke  Mark/Copy  to
1247                            paste buffer (which can however be overridden with
1248                            options -kc and -kC).  See Keypad modes below  for
1249                            an overview.
1250
1251   The HOP function
1252       This  function,  triggered by any of the HOP keys, amplifies or expands
1253       functions as listed below. To  achieve  the  combined  function,  first
1254       press  any key that is assigned the HOP function, then any key assigned
1255       the base function from the table below.
1256       Note: To enable using the HOP function also on keyboards  that  do  not
1257       support  the  keypad  "5"  or  "*"  keys (e.g.  small notebooks without
1258       numeric keypad), a few alternative HOP keys  are  provided:  Control-Q,
1259       Shift-TAB, the Menu or Windows keys (if running Linux), or (providing a
1260       dual-mode function) the Control-G and ESC keys.
1261
1262       HOP char left
1263              move cursor to beginning of current line
1264
1265       HOP char right
1266              move cursor to end of current line
1267
1268       HOP line up
1269              move cursor to top of screen
1270
1271       HOP line down
1272              move cursor to bottom of screen
1273
1274       HOP scroll up
1275              scroll half a screen up
1276
1277       HOP scroll down
1278              scroll half a screen down
1279
1280       HOP page up
1281              move to beginning of file
1282
1283       HOP page down
1284              move to end of file
1285
1286       HOP word left
1287              move cursor to previous ";" or "."
1288
1289       HOP word right
1290              move cursor to next ";" or "."
1291
1292       HOP delete tail of line/line end
1293              delete whole line
1294
1295       HOP delete whole line
1296              delete tail of line
1297
1298       HOP delete previous character
1299              delete beginning of line
1300
1301       HOP set mark
1302              go to mark
1303
1304       HOP search
1305              search for current identifier
1306
1307       HOP search next
1308              repeat previous (last but one) search
1309
1310       HOP copy/cut
1311              copy or cut, but append to buffer
1312
1313       HOP save buffer
1314              save buffer, but append to file
1315
1316       HOP paste buffer
1317              paste "inter-window buffer", which is the last saved  buffer  by
1318              any invocation of mined on the same machine by the same user.
1319
1320       HOP edit next file
1321              edit last file
1322
1323       HOP edit previous file
1324              edit first file
1325
1326       HOP exit current file
1327              exit mined
1328
1329       HOP suspend
1330              suspend without writing file
1331
1332       HOP show status line
1333              toggle permanent status line
1334
1335       HOP enter HTML tag
1336              embed copy area in HTML tags
1337
1338       While  a pull-down or pop-up menu is open, any HOP key or the Space key
1339       or the middle mouse button toggles the  HOP  amplifier/expander  for  a
1340       function  subsequently  invoked  in  the menu; the menu redisplays with
1341       function names changed where applicable.
1342
1343   Character-oriented navigation and editing
1344       From the traditional restriction of Unix tools to the line as a unit of
1345       operation,  other  editors  are  stuck  in a line-oriented movement and
1346       insertion paradigm which implies some weird and  counter-intuitive  be‐
1347       haviour.
1348            Mined handles the end-of-line position like any ordinary character
1349       during movement and editing operations.  Also  search  and  replacement
1350       strings can contain line ends.
1351
1352   Mouse control and menus
1353       All versions of mined (Unix, DOS/Windows) support mouse operation.
1354            Mouse  control  operates on pull-down and pop-up menus, flags, the
1355       text area, the bottom line, and the scroll bar, in order to provide the
1356       most useful functions and menu-driven command selection at hand.
1357
1358       Summary of mouse functions:
1359
1360              In text area:
1361
1362                     ·      left  click  moves  the  text  cursor to the mouse
1363                            position
1364
1365                     ·      Shift-left click (works  in  mintty)  extends  the
1366                            selection
1367
1368                     ·      left  click-drag-release  selects  a text area and
1369                            (with option auto-copy) copies  it  to  the  paste
1370                            buffer; →NEW→ using Alt while dragging (moving the
1371                            mouse) toggles rectangular selection
1372
1373                     ·      double-click (actually click on current  position)
1374                            →NEW→ word selection (→NEW→ within timeout)
1375
1376                     ·      middle  click  display the text status line or, if
1377                            permanent file status is enabled, display  charac‐
1378                            ter information
1379
1380                     ·      right click pops up the quick menu
1381
1382                     ·      mouse  wheel scroll scrolls by N lines (default 3,
1383                            adjust with  option  -L)  Ctrl-mouse-wheel  always
1384                            scrolls by 1 line.  Shift-mouse-wheel scrolls by 1
1385                            page.  Note: Mouse-wheel on the scrollbar  scrolls
1386                            by half a page.
1387
1388              On scroll-bar:
1389
1390                     ·      left  click moves one page towards the mouse posi‐
1391                            tion (as seen from the current scrollbar  position
1392                            marker)
1393                            or (with option -oo) moves one page down
1394
1395                     ·      middle click moves to text position in file corre‐
1396                            sponding to relative mouse position on scrollbar
1397
1398                     ·      left click-drag moves text  position  in  file  by
1399                            moving relative mouse position on scrollbar
1400
1401                     ·      right  click  moves  one  page away from the mouse
1402                            position (as seen from the current scrollbar posi‐
1403                            tion marker)
1404                            or (with option -oo) moves one page up
1405
1406                     ·      mouse wheel scroll scrolls by half a page
1407
1408              On bottom line (status line):
1409
1410                     ·      left click moves one page down
1411
1412                     ·      middle  click displays the text status line or, if
1413                            permanent file status is enabled, display  charac‐
1414                            ter information
1415
1416                     ·      right click moves one page up
1417
1418              On pull-down menu header (in left menu area of upper line):
1419
1420                     ·      left  or  right  click or mouse wheel scroll opens
1421                            menu
1422
1423                     ·      middle click opens menu  with  HOP-modified  func‐
1424                            tions
1425
1426              On flag indication (in right flag area of upper line):
1427
1428                     ·      middle click toggles flag
1429
1430                     ·      left  click  opens flag menu if menu is open: tog‐
1431                            gles flag (effectively  allowing  double-click  to
1432                            toggle)
1433
1434                     ·      right click or mouse wheel scroll opens flag menu
1435
1436              On open menu
1437
1438                     ·      mouse wheel scroll navigates in menu
1439
1440                     ·      mouse  movement (without holding button) navigates
1441                            in menu - enabled by  default  in  mintty,  xterm,
1442                            gnome-terminal,  cygwin console; may be controlled
1443                            with -* / +* command line options  mouse  movement
1444                            right/left  (well beyond menu border) navigates to
1445                            neighbour menu mouse movement right (a  few  posi‐
1446                            tions) on submenu item opens submenu
1447
1448                     ·      left  click  invokes menu item pointed to with the
1449                            mouse
1450
1451                     ·      left or right  drag  (holding  button  down  after
1452                            opening the menu) navigates in menu
1453
1454                     ·      left  or  right  release  (after  mouse  dragging)
1455                            invokes selected menu item
1456
1457                     ·      middle click toggles HOP modifier
1458
1459                     ·      Ctrl-mouse-wheel switches to next or previous menu
1460
1461            Configuration hint: To enable mouse operation in a Windows console
1462       window, deactivate "QuickEdit mode" in the properties menu.
1463
1464   Menus
1465       Mined  provides  three  kinds  of  menus, all can be opened with either
1466       mouse clicks or commands.  The menus offer the most  important  editing
1467       functions  (apart  from  simple movement).  Some menus have their items
1468       grouped into sections, some of which have subtitles.
1469       The HOP flag can be toggled while a menu is open with any  of  the  HOP
1470       key,  ^G,  Space, or the middle mouse button.  When a pull-down menu is
1471       opened with the middle mouse button, the  HOP  variation  is  initially
1472       triggered, offering the HOP variations of the menu items.
1473       The three menu groups are used as follows:
1474
1475              ·      A  pull-down  menu is opened by clicking the mouse on the
1476                     menu header (in the left part of the top screen line)  or
1477                     scrolling the mouse wheel on this header.
1478                     Shortcut: Each pull-down menu can also be opened with ESC
1479                     or Alt and the small initial letter of  the  menu  header
1480                     (Alt-f or ESC f for the file menu etc.).
1481
1482              ·      A  flag menu is opened by clicking the right mouse button
1483                     on a flag indication in the flags area (right part of the
1484                     top screen line) or scrolling the mouse wheel on it.  The
1485                     flag menus have optional markers in front  of  each  item
1486                     showing which items are currently active.
1487                     Shortcut:  The Info menu, Input Method (Keyboard Mapping)
1488                     menu, Smart Quotes menu, Encoding menu can also be opened
1489                     with Alt-F10, Alt-I, Alt-K, Alt-Q, or Alt-E, respectively
1490                     (or use an ESC prefix instead of an Alt- modifier respec‐
1491                     tively).
1492
1493              ·      The  pop-up menu is placed above the text area and can be
1494                     opened with a right-click or Alt-Space (ESC Space).
1495
1496        Menu navigation
1497       When a menu is open, the cursor-left or cursor-right keys cycle through
1498       the  pull-down  and  flag  menus.  Alt-cursor-left and Alt-cursor-right
1499       navigate quickly between the two  sets  of  menus  (pull-down  or  flag
1500       menus).
1501       When  a submenu is open, cursor-left goes back to the parent menu, cur‐
1502       sor-right opens its next menu to the right.
1503
1504            There are three methods to navigate within a menu:
1505
1506              ·      With the keyboard: open menu as described above, navigate
1507                     with  cursor  keys  or  by typing the first letter of the
1508                     desired menu item (which cycles through all items  start‐
1509                     ing  with that letter, or containing a word starting with
1510                     that letter); activate menu item with Enter key.
1511
1512              ·      With mouse clicks: open menu  with  click  (and  release)
1513                     mouse  button,  switch  to other menu with another click,
1514                     click on item to activate it. The mouse wheel may be used
1515                     to navigate menu items.
1516
1517              ·      With mouse dragging: open menu with mouse button (left or
1518                     right), browse menus and items  with  button  held  down,
1519                     activate selected item with releasing mouse button.
1520       Methods  may be mixed, e.g. open a menu with either mouse click or key‐
1521       board, navigate with mouse wheel, then select with Enter.
1522
1523       When selecting a menu item, in most cases the  associated  function  is
1524       carried  out  and the menu closed afterwards.  In some cases, an option
1525       is toggled and the menu stays open (esp. in Info menu: Han info pronun‐
1526       ciation selection, character information "with" attributes selection).
1527
1528            Scrollable menus: In a low-height terminal (e.g. 24 lines), longer
1529       menus (especially the Encoding menu and the Input Method menu) may  not
1530       fit on the terminal. All menus are scrollable with cursor keys, includ‐
1531       ing Page Down/Up, Home, End keys.
1532       When the window size is changed, open menus are closed in order to pre‐
1533       vent  resizing  and  repositioning  problems;  this  is  planned  to be
1534       enhanced in a future version.
1535
1536        Hints
1537            Note: Your mouse driver or Windows system  may  be  configured  to
1538       generate  multiple (e.g. 3) mouse wheel events on one mouse wheel move‐
1539       ment (e.g. with Windows). An option -L1 could compensate for that scal‐
1540       ing  (as  mined  applies  a  mouse wheel factor by itself which is 3 by
1541       default).
1542
1543            Layout configuration: See Menu display below for configuration  of
1544       menu appearance.
1545
1546            Configuration  hint: On Unix, in order to make Alt work as a modi‐
1547       fier, set the xterm resource  metaSendsEscape  to  true  and  the  rxvt
1548       resource  meta8  to  false  as  suggested  in  the  example  file  Xde‐
1549       faults.mined in the Mined runtime support library.   (With  older  ver‐
1550       sions of xterm, setting eightBitInput to false may be required instead;
1551       this xterm option doesn't actually disable 8  bit  input  as  its  name
1552       might  suggest.)  With xterm, this setting can also be enforced dynami‐
1553       cally with the +D option.
1554
1555   Interoperable and multiple paste buffers
1556        System paste buffer / Clipboard
1557       →NEW→ In the Windows/cygwin  version,  Shift-Ins  inserts  the  Windows
1558       clipboard  rather  than  the  mined  paste buffer. Copy to paste buffer
1559       always fills paste buffer and the clipboard, too.  →NEW→ In this  case,
1560       the lineend type is not copied from the clipboard (i.e. typically CRLF)
1561       but adapted to the current line.
1562
1563        Inter-window paste buffer
1564       Mined can perform copy/paste operations within different  editing  ses‐
1565       sions  (parallel  or  subsequent invocations of mined): The command HOP
1566       Ins (e.g. ^G ^P) will insert the most recent paste buffer copied or cut
1567       in  any of the user's mined sessions.  This can also work remotely in a
1568       network; to configure this features, see Common paste buffer configura‐
1569       tion.
1570
1571        Multiple paste buffers
1572       Mined provides emacs-style multiple paste buffers that are organised as
1573       a buffer ring. Every buffer cut or copy operation (that places the text
1574       between  the  marked  and the current position to the buffer) creates a
1575       new buffer and stacks it to  the  list  of  buffers.   If  the  feature
1576       "deleted  word/line  appends  to  buffer" is enabled (+VV) the commands
1577       delete-end-of-line (^K), delete-word  (^T)  and  delete-end-of-sentence
1578       (currently emacs mode only) append to the top buffer (disabled with the
1579       option -VV).
1580       To paste a non-top-most buffer, paste the most recent buffer  first  as
1581       usual,  then use the buffer-ring command (Alt-Ins or Ctrl-F4, or M-y in
1582       emacs mode) to exchange the pasted text with the previous buffer.  This
1583       can  be  repeated,  going down the stack of buffers, and at its bottom,
1584       starting over from the top again.
1585
1586   Keypad modes and Visual selection
1587       Mined highlights text selection visually, with both mouse selection and
1588       keyboard selection.
1589
1590        Keypad modes
1591              ·      In  Shift-select  mode  (enabled with option -kS), Shift-
1592                     modified keypad keys start or extend visual  text  selec‐
1593                     tion; otherwise the keypad functions are not modified, so
1594                     that e.g.  the  useful  quick  Mark/Copy  selection  with
1595                     Home/End keys can still be used.
1596                     Note:  terminal  support  to report Shift-modified cursor
1597                     keys is required to enable this feature.
1598                     The option adjusts some other  interactive  responses  as
1599                     well to match common selection practice:
1600
1601                     ·      auto-copy (after click-and-drag) is disabled
1602
1603                     ·      Shift-mouse-left-click  extends  the selection (if
1604                            supported by terminal)
1605
1606                     ·      mouse-right-click does not  extend  the  selection
1607                            before opening the menu
1608
1609                     ·      in addition, Shift-HOP is mapped to the Copy func‐
1610                            tion
1611              Shift selection keypad functions are as follows:
1612
1613              Shift-Left
1614                     select character left
1615
1616              Shift-Right
1617                     select character right
1618
1619              Shift-Control-Left
1620                     select word left
1621
1622              Shift-Control-Right
1623                     select word right
1624
1625              Shift-Up
1626                     select line up
1627
1628              Shift-Down
1629                     select line down
1630
1631              Shift-Control-Up
1632                     select to previous beginning of paragraph
1633
1634              Shift-Control-Down
1635                     select to next beginning of paragraph
1636
1637              Shift-Home
1638                     select to beginning of line
1639
1640              Shift-End
1641                     select to end of line
1642
1643              Shift-Control-Home
1644                     select to beginning of text
1645
1646              Shift-Control-End
1647                     select to end of text
1648
1649              Shift-PgUp
1650                     select to previous page
1651
1652              Shift-PgDn
1653                     select to next page
1654
1655              Shift-5 (on keypad)
1656                     copy selected text to paste buffer
1657
1658              ·      In Windows keypad mode (enabled  with  option  -kw,  also
1659                     implied  by  Windows  emulation option +ew), additionally
1660                     non-shifted keypad keys are changed to perform  the  more
1661                     common  functions,  at  the  price  of  losing  the  easy
1662                     Home/End assignment to invoke Mark/Copy to  paste  buffer
1663                     (which can however be overridden with options -kc for the
1664                     small ("editing") keypad and -kC for the big  ("numeric")
1665                     keypad).   Also,  some Control-modified keys change their
1666                     function assignment to match more common usage.
1667                     Keypad functions include the  Shift  selection  functions
1668                     above and add the following functions:
1669
1670              Home   move cursor to previous beginning of line
1671
1672              End    move cursor to next end of line
1673
1674              Control-Left
1675                     move cursor to previous beginning of word
1676
1677              Control-Right
1678                     move cursor to next end of word
1679
1680              Control-Up
1681                     move cursor to previous beginning of paragraph
1682
1683              Control-Down
1684                     move cursor to next beginning of paragraph
1685
1686              Control-Home
1687                     move cursor to beginning of text
1688
1689              Control-End
1690                     move cursor to end of text
1691
1692              Control-Backarrow
1693                     delete word left
1694
1695              Control-Del
1696                     delete word right
1697
1698              HOP Control-Backarrow
1699                     delete to beginning of line
1700
1701              HOP Control-Del
1702                     delete to end of line
1703
1704       Shift-select mode (-kS) may become the default in a future version.
1705
1706       Visual selection is toggled by the following actions:
1707
1708              ·      Start visual selection highlighting:
1709
1710                     ·      mouse click (then drag)
1711
1712                     ·      Mark   command   (Home   key,   Control-space,  or
1713                            Mark/Select from quick menu or Edit menu)
1714
1715                     ·      (in Shift-select mode) Shift-cursor keys
1716
1717              ·      Extend visual selection highlighting:
1718
1719                     ·      mouse drag
1720
1721                     ·      keyboard navigation
1722
1723                     ·      (in Shift-select mode) Shift-cursor keys
1724
1725                     ·      mouse click
1726
1727                     ·      (in Shift-select mode) Shift-mouse-click
1728
1729              ·      Hide visual selection highlighting:
1730
1731                     ·      modify text
1732
1733                     ·      (unless in Windows keypad mode) Copy (End  key  or
1734                            from quick menu or Edit menu)
1735
1736                     ·      Mark twice (e.g. press Home Home)
1737
1738                     ·      (unless  in  Windows  keypad  mode)  mouse release
1739                            (after drag, with auto-copy option)
1740
1741                     ·      Find (except Find  matching  parenthesis)  (except
1742                            with "keep on search" option)
1743
1744                     ·      Goto text position
1745
1746                     ·      Open file
1747
1748              ·      Re-enable  selection  highlighting  and continue previous
1749                     selection:
1750
1751                     ·      "continue Select" from menu
1752
1753                     ·      (in Shift-select mode) Shift-cursor keys
1754
1755                     ·      (in Shift-select mode) Shift-mouse-click
1756       Selection behaviour can be tuned with a few options in the Paste buffer
1757       menu.
1758
1759       Note:  The actual behaviour of the paste buffer functions acting on the
1760       text selection (Copy, Cut) are not affected by  the  visual  selection;
1761       they work alike even if the selection is hidden.
1762       The Delete key is the only function that is actually modified by visual
1763       selection, following a dual-mode behaviour consistent with most contem‐
1764       porary  text  editors:  if  a  non-empty visual selection is active, it
1765       deletes the selected area (Cut to paste buffer), otherwise, it  deletes
1766       the next character.
1767
1768   Rectangular copy/paste
1769       Rectangular  copy/paste  area  mode  can be toggled on the Paste buffer
1770       flag (see also description of Quick Options (Mode  indication)  flags),
1771       in  the  Paste buffer menu, with HOP Mark while already on marked posi‐
1772       tion, or preselected with the option +[.
1773       →NEW→ Rectangular selection can also be toggled  temporarily  by  using
1774       Alt  with  the left mouse button while moving the mouse for drag-selec‐
1775       tion.  Note, however, that a subsequent paste will apply the  untoggled
1776       mode.
1777       Note: Rectangular area is a property of the copy/paste function, not of
1778       the paste buffer.
1779       Note: The result of rectangular paste may not be quite as  expected  in
1780       these cases:
1781
1782              ·      The paste buffer contains lines of different length.
1783
1784              ·      The  border  of the paste area (in either the text or the
1785                     paste buffer) contains  characters  of  different  width,
1786                     like TAB, double-width, or isolated combining characters,
1787                     or even incomplete character codes.
1788
1789   Text position markers
1790       A default marker for quick use and additional →NEW→  16  numbered  text
1791       markers are available.
1792       Marker  0  has  a special function: 1. it is set when opening a file at
1793       the memorized position, 2. whenever a new current marker  is  set,  the
1794       previous one is pushed to marker 0.
1795       For keyboard commands to set and move to markers, see Text marker navi‐
1796       gation in the Command reference below.
1797
1798   Text position marker stack
1799       In addition to the explicit text markers, mined implicitly maintains  a
1800       marker stack to support navigation and orientation when browsing files.
1801       Whenever a command moves the position by a far distance (Go to  marker,
1802       Go  to line, Go to file beginning/end, Go to next/previous file, Search
1803       functions including Search identifier definition across files,  Replace
1804       with  confirm),  the  current  position  is first pushed to this stack.
1805       Later, in order to return to the previous position, use the command ESC
1806       Enter (Alt-Enter) to move along the positions in the marker stack.  The
1807       command HOP ESC Enter (HOP Alt-Enter) moves  again  forward  along  the
1808       stack.
1809
1810   Paragraph justification / word wrap
1811       Manual  paragraph  line/word  wrap  is invoked with the justify command
1812       (ESC j or ESC  J);  it  justifies  the  current  paragraph  (wraps  its
1813       lines/words)  according to the effective margins and paragraph termina‐
1814       tion mode.
1815       Clever justification: With ESC j, mined automatically  determines  left
1816       margins depending on the current paragraph and line contents. Heuristic
1817       detection of numbered items will trigger automatic indentation.
1818       Normal justification: With ESC J, mined justifies strictly according to
1819       the margin values currently configured.
1820       See commands listing below "ESC j" for margin setting commands.
1821
1822       Paragraph termination modes: Two different definitions of paragraph end
1823       are available.
1824
1825              ·      The primary mode is to add a space at  the  end  of  each
1826                     line  when  the  paragraph  continues and to end the line
1827                     without space where the paragraph  ends.  This  seems  an
1828                     intuitive   way   and  as  a  big  advantage  over  other
1829                     approaches, it is transparent with respect to visual for‐
1830                     matting,  i.e.  no  text  property is required that would
1831                     affect visual layout of the text.
1832                     Note: Additional visual support of paragraph  end  detec‐
1833                     tion  is  available with the mined option -p that distin‐
1834                     guishes paragraph/line end display.
1835
1836              ·      The other word-wrap mode is to add an empty  (blank-only)
1837                     line  after  each  paragraph. Obviously this imposes more
1838                     additional requirements on text formatting discipline and
1839                     reduces freedom of text layout.
1840       The  mode in effect is indicated in the Quick Options (Mode indication)
1841       flags display; see  description  of  Quick  Options  (Mode  indication)
1842       flags.
1843
1844   Auto indentation
1845       By  default,  mined acts in auto-indent mode: When you enter a newline,
1846       the following line will be filled with the same prefix of space charac‐
1847       ters  (Space  or  Tab)  as the current one.  This option can be toggled
1848       from the Options menu.  A new line  without  auto  indentation  can  be
1849       entered with the ^O command.
1850
1851            Auto  indentation  is  automatically suppressed if text is entered
1852       very fast (by heuristic detection of input speed)  in  order  to  allow
1853       unmodified copy and paste using terminal mouse functions.
1854
1855   →NEW→
1856       Advanced  list  support  (bullet  and  numbered  lists) A new paragraph
1857       (according to the currently selected paragraph end mode, or considering
1858       Unicode  paragraph  separators)  after  a  bullet or numbered item will
1859       clone the bullet or auto-increment the numbering.  The undent  function
1860       (smart  Backspace)  considers  list bullets or numberings, removing the
1861       last level.
1862       Note: An item paragraph is considered to start at a bullet or numbering
1863       even if the previous line does not terminate a paragraph.
1864
1865        Structure input commands
1866       A  pair  of parentheses with matched indentation can be entered by pre‐
1867       fixing a parenthesis character with HOP.  For example,  HOP  "{"  would
1868       enter  a  pair  of  "{" "}", both auto-indented on their respective new
1869       line. Other pairs are "(" ")", "[" "]", "<" ">".
1870            HOP "/" enters an indented Javadoc comment frame.
1871
1872        Back-Tab (Undent function / reverse indent)
1873       Smart backspacing: A Backarrow key from a position that  is  only  pre‐
1874       ceded  by white space on the line and on the line above will revert the
1875       input position to the previous matching indentation  level.   To  avoid
1876       auto-undentation  ("Delete single"), use Ctrl-Backarrow or F5 Backarrow
1877       to delete only one character left, or toggle auto-indentation off  from
1878       the Options menu.
1879       Note:  In xterm, Ctrl-Backarrow only works if configured in your X con‐
1880       figuration, see the example configuration file Xdefaults.mined  in  the
1881       Mined runtime support library.
1882       Note:→NEW→  Configuration  option  plain_BS  (command  line option +Bp)
1883       switches the Backarrow key from smart backspacing to plain backspacing,
1884       i.e.  no  auto-undent and only delete one combining character of a com‐
1885       bined  character.   Use  Shift-Control-Backarrow   to   perform   smart
1886       backspacing then.
1887
1888        Tab expansion
1889       With one of the options -+8, -+4, -+2, a Tab key input will be expanded
1890       to an appropriate number of Space characters instead of inserting a Tab
1891       character.  You  can  still  insert a literal Tab character with Ctrl-V
1892       Tab.
1893
1894   Search and replace multiple lines
1895       Mined has overcome the typical Unix tool limitation of line orientation
1896       in  search  operations.   Search  and  replacement patterns can contain
1897       embedded newlines.  Enter a newline (linefeed character) in the  search
1898       string  with ^V^J or \n (or \r to match CRLF newlines).  (In some cases
1899       there are still display problems; then update the screen with  the  ESC
1900       "." command.)
1901
1902   Header line underlining
1903       The  command  HOP "-" (e.g. Ctrl-G -) underlines the header line before
1904       the cursor position with as many "-" characters as needed;  it  applies
1905       to  the  current line unless the cursor is at a line beginning in which
1906       case it applies to the previous line.
1907
1908   Automatic backspace mode adaptation
1909       There is much confusion about what character codes are delivered by the
1910       Backarrow and Del keyboard keys in different operating environments and
1911       configurations.  For proper operation, the "stty erase CHAR" configura‐
1912       tion should generally be set correctly to reflect the actual code emit‐
1913       ted by the terminal.  Mined detects this setting and adjusts  its  han‐
1914       dling  accordingly, so that the "Backarrow" key should normally work as
1915       expected (delete a character left).
1916

Overview: input support features

1918   Character input
1919       Mined provides several methods to support input of  special  characters
1920       that may not be easily available on the keyboard.
1921
1922              ·      Accented and mnemonic input support defines Accent prefix
1923                     keys to compose  accent  combinations  with  subsequently
1924                     entered characters.
1925
1926              ·      It  also  provides  Character  input mnemonics for easily
1927                     memorisable input of a wide range of characters,  includ‐
1928                     ing most composed Unicode characters.
1929
1930              ·      Input  support commands include a quick shortcut for two-
1931                     character mnemonics.
1932
1933              ·      Input support commands also provide for  character  input
1934                     by  hexadecimal  / octal / decimal character code or Uni‐
1935                     code value, including support  for  subsequent  entry  of
1936                     multiple numeric characters according to ISO 14755.
1937
1938              ·      Keyboard   mapping  switching  the  keyboard  to  support
1939                     another script.  This feature  also  provides  CJK  input
1940                     methods.
1941
1942   Structured input
1943              ·      HTML  tag  input  (starting/closing  or  embedding marked
1944                     text).
1945
1946              ·      Auto indentation and Back-Tab.
1947
1948              ·      Structure input  commands:  Input  of  indented  matching
1949                     parentheses and Javadoc frames.
1950
1951              ·      Paragraph justification (line/word wrap).
1952
1953              ·      Header line underlining
1954
1955   Special features
1956              ·      Smart quotes automatic transformation of entered straight
1957                     quote marks into typographic quotation marks  (style  can
1958                     be  selected  in  flags  area)  or  apostrophe,  separate
1959                     accents as appropriate typographic symbols,  as  well  as
1960                     smart dashes and other smart text replacements.
1961
1962              ·      Right-to-left script input support.
1963

Handling files with mined

1965   Tags file support / Identifier and file lookup
1966       The  ESC  t  command moves to the definition of an identifier (on which
1967       the cursor should be placed) using the  tags  file  (generated  by  the
1968       ctags  command).   HOP ESC t prompts for an identifier. (Also available
1969       from search or popup menu.)  If a new file is opened for this  purpose,
1970       the current file is saved automatically.
1971       As  a special function, if ESC t is typed on an include statement (line
1972       beginning with "#include" or "include"),  the  included  file  will  be
1973       opened.
1974       Note: Like with a number of positioning commands, ESC t places the cur‐
1975       rent position on the position marker stack before going to the location
1976       of  the  identifier definition. The command ESC Enter (Alt-Enter) moves
1977       back to that position, also saving the current file if needed first.
1978
1979   →NEW→
1980       Encrypted files Mined edits encrypted files transparently.
1981       For reading or writing an encrypted file, a respective filter  is  used
1982       as configured in the runtime configuration file $HOME/.minedrc. See the
1983       sample configuration file in the  Mined  runtime  support  library  for
1984       details.  It contains pre-configured entries for using GnuPG (for files
1985       ending with ".gpg"  or  ".pgp")  or  openssl  (for  files  ending  with
1986       ".ssl").
1987       Mined  does not currently provide handling for passwords or passphrases
1988       for file encryption. Therefore, any passwords or passphrases needed for
1989       encrypted  file  access will either have to be entered on every access,
1990       or password or passphrase files may be used as offered by  the  respec‐
1991       tive  decryption  and encryption commands of GnuPG and openssl. See the
1992       sample configuration file for examples.
1993       Note: If manual password input is used  with  openssl,  be  careful  to
1994       remember  the  password  which is newly assigned every time the file is
1995       written.
1996       Note:  When  editing  an  encrypted  file,  the  backup  file  will  be
1997       encrypted,  too.  Decrypted content is exchanged with the filters using
1998       pipes, so no intermediate decrypted version is stored on the file  sys‐
1999       tem.  Copy/paste  text  blocks  are not encrypted, though, but they are
2000       readable for the current user only anyway (on any nontrivial file  sys‐
2001       tem).  The  same applies for a recovery file that mined writes in emer‐
2002       gency cases to save the edited text.
2003
2004   Data safety and security
2005       Mined has a robust and defensive concept of handling  edited  text  and
2006       file contents in case of any kind of program or system errors.
2007
2008        Backup files
2009       With  command  line option(s) +b, mined saves a backup copy of any file
2010       being overwritten (like saving the file being edited, saving to a  dif‐
2011       ferent  file,  copying  the paste buffer to a file).  It supports three
2012       backup file name conventions and a few combined modes to  select  among
2013       them:
2014
2015       +b-    no backup files
2016
2017       +bs    simple backup files: filename~
2018
2019       +be    emacs  style  numbered  backup  files:  filename.~N~ where N are
2020              increasing version numbers
2021
2022       +bv    VMS style numbered backup files: filename;N (using the  original
2023              notation  of  the  VMS  operating system) where N are increasing
2024              version numbers
2025
2026       +bn    numbered backup files, either emacs  or  VMS  syntax,  whichever
2027              already exists (with a higher version number)
2028
2029       +ba    automatic  backup  files,  either  numbered  if numbered backups
2030              (either style) already exist, or simple
2031
2032       Note: In order to preserve possibly existing hard  links  to  the  file
2033       being  edited,  it  is actually copied, not just renamed for the backup
2034       version (like with joe, vim, or emacs with  option  backup-by-copying).
2035       Note:  In  mined 2011.19, +ba (automatic simple/numbered backup) is the
2036       default, and +b is a shortcut for +ba.  This is subject to change in  a
2037       future version, however.  Note: To select your preference, use the run‐
2038       time configuration  file  $HOME/.minedrc,  or  include  the  respective
2039       option  in  the  environment  variable MINEDOPT, or set the environment
2040       variable VERSION_CONTROL (compatible with usage by emacs and cp),  with
2041       the following mapping:
2042
2043       VERSION_CONTROL
2044              $HOME/.minedrc command line option
2045
2046       none or off
2047              backup_mode - +b- - no backups
2048
2049       numbered or t
2050              backup_mode e +be - emacs style numbered backups
2051
2052       existing or nil
2053              backup_mode a +ba - automatic backup mode
2054
2055       simple or never
2056              backup_mode s +bs - simple backups
2057
2058       backup_mode n
2059              +bn - numbered backups (automatic style)
2060
2061       backup_mode v
2062              +bv - VMS style numbered backups
2063
2064       Note:  To place backup files in a different directory than the original
2065       file, use the environment variable BACKUP_DIRECTORY or  BACKUPDIR.   It
2066       can be either an absolute pathname (e.g.  $HOME/.backups) or a relative
2067       pathname (e.g. .~) in which case backup files are  stored  relative  to
2068       the  respective  working  directory  of  mined.   Note:  On VMS, backup
2069       options are ignored as VMS handles backup files natively.
2070
2071        File locking
2072       Mined checks and maintains interoperable lock files, which are symbolic
2073       links  mentioning  the user and machine currently editing the file (not
2074       on MSDOS and VMS).  If the user tries to modify  the  text  of  a  file
2075       locked  by  somebody  else,  mined informs the user and changes editing
2076       mode to view-only.  The lock can be  overridden  (removed  or  ignored)
2077       from the File menu.
2078       Mined  implements workarounds for network file systems that do not sup‐
2079       port handling lock files or symbolic links  properly:  cygwin  symbolic
2080       links  that  appear  as  plain  text  files  on Samba/CIFS mounted file
2081       shares, →NEW→ and lock files  that  could  be  created  but  cannot  be
2082       deleted due to weird permission configuration of a network file share.
2083
2084        Edited text / Recovery files
2085       Every care has been taken to prevent loss of the edited text in case of
2086       save errors or accidental  quit  commands  etc;  mined  always  prompts
2087       before discarding any modified text, even when editing without an asso‐
2088       ciated filename (in which case other popular  editors  ignore  loss  of
2089       edited text).
2090       There are three cases, however, in which edited text would be lost:
2091
2092              ·      if  the  user explicitly discards edited text (e.g. ESQ q
2093                     and not answering the "Save?" question with "y")
2094
2095              ·      if mined is sent an external terminating signal (e.g.  on
2096                     terminal  I/O error); two exceptions are the SIGKILL sig‐
2097                     nal (which cannot be caught by  a  program)  and  SIGTERM
2098                     (see below)
2099
2100              ·      in  the rare case that mined should fail with an internal
2101                     signal (e.g. if out of memory)
2102       In these cases, mined can save the  edited  text  in  a  recovery  file
2103       dir/#name#  (when editing file dir/name); in the explicit case, this is
2104       only done if the answer to the "Save?" question  is  "r"  (to  "recover
2105       later").  If the edited file is later opened, and a recovery file still
2106       exists (which is newer than the file being opened), mined will  display
2107       a  notice.  In  the  File menu, there is the option to recover the text
2108       from the recovery file.  Note: The recovery file is interoperable  with
2109       emacs  (as  are the use cases); however, mined is superior here because
2110       emacs mangles non-ASCII characters in recovery  files.   Mind,  though,
2111       that  interoperability  with  respect  to  recognising  recovery  files
2112       depends on consistent configuration of their location; see  the  direc‐
2113       tory  configuration  option  below.  Note: If mined is sent an explicit
2114       SIGTERM signal it tries to terminate normally instead, writing modified
2115       text  to  the  file  being  edited,  including  interactive handling if
2116       needed.  Note: After catching a signal, mined also tries  an  emergency
2117       save  of  the edited text into a "panic file" in one of the directories
2118       $TMPDIR, $TMP, $TEMP, /usr/tmp, or /tmp (whichever variable is  defined
2119       first  and  directory is writable in this order; or similar directories
2120       under VMS or MSDOS).  The file contains the edited text,  identical  to
2121       the  recovery  file.  It is written first, before the recovery file, to
2122       provide a quick save attempt e.g. if the system  is  crashing  and  the
2123       file system of the edited file is no longer available.  Note: If possi‐
2124       ble, mined also tries to continue normally after panic handling (unless
2125       multiple  external  signals are nested).  Note: To place recovery files
2126       in a different directory than the original file,  use  the  environment
2127       variable  AUTO_SAVE_DIRECTORY  or  AUTOSAVEDIR  or  BACKUP_DIRECTORY or
2128       BACKUPDIR as described for backup files above.
2129
2130        Overwriting files and →NEW→
2131       Change monitoring If any command is issued to write to a file not  pre‐
2132       viously  read  in  (after  change of file name or working directory, or
2133       with a Copy to file command), mined prompts for confirmation.
2134       →NEW→ Also, if mined detects  that  the  file  being  edited  has  been
2135       changed,  it displays a notice and asks for confirmation before saving.
2136       To this aim, mined checks  the  modification  time,  →NEW→  file  size,
2137       device  and  inode  (in case the file got replaced by rename/move/mount
2138       operations).  This is checked if mined is notified of  refocussing  the
2139       window (if supported by the terminal), and after shell commands (ESC !,
2140       ESC c, ESC z).
2141
2142        File access permissions
2143       When creating a new file, its access permissions are set  according  to
2144       the  default  behaviour  set  in the user environment (umask setting in
2145       Unix).  However, when cloning a file (with Save As / Set Name / ESC n /
2146       ESC  d), file access permissions of the originally opened file are pre‐
2147       served and cloned.
2148       The +x command line option adds executable permission to newly  created
2149       files  but  only  to those users that are also given read permission by
2150       the rules above.
2151
2152   Special file types
2153        Character or block device files
2154       →NEW→ Mined rejects reading from or writing to a device file  in  order
2155       to prevent being blocked.  Exception: /dev/clipboard on cygwin.
2156
2157        FIFO files
2158       Mined  can  edit  a FIFO file (named pipe) like any other file.  Before
2159       mined can finish loading from the pipe, another process needs  to  have
2160       written to it and then close it.  Before mined can finish saving to the
2161       pipe, another process needs to have opened it for reading.
2162
2163        Pipe input
2164       When invoked within a pipe, redirecting input,  mined  loads  its  text
2165       buffer from standard input.  →NEW→ Mined does not manipulate the screen
2166       mode before data is available from the pipe, so to some extent  it  can
2167       interwork even with screen programs providing its input.
2168
2169        Pipe output
2170       In  the  "Editing for standard output" mode (i.e. when invoked within a
2171       pipe, redirecting output), only one "file save" operation can  be  per‐
2172       formed  writing  to  standard output.  If more than one such operations
2173       are issued (e.g. using the ESC w / F2 , F3, or  suspend  command)  only
2174       the first one will write the text buffer to standard output; any subse‐
2175       quent one is treated as usual (with empty file name).  →NEW→  If  mined
2176       exits  after  writing to a pipe, it does not manipulate the screen mode
2177       after beginning to write, so to some extent it can interwork even  with
2178       screen programs taking its output.
2179
2180   Line end modes and binary-transparent editing
2181       Mined is binary transparent. It can handle all types of line ends (Unix
2182       (LF), DOS (CRLF), Mac (CR, with option +R), →NEW→ ISO 8859/EBCDIC  Next
2183       Line (NL, not after auto-detection of text encoding), and Unicode sepa‐
2184       rators (LS, PS)) simultaneously in the same editing session.  They  are
2185       indicated  by  different  visible  line  end indications. Files without
2186       trailing line end can be edited and created (using the delete character
2187       right  function  on  the  last line end). NUL characters are handled as
2188       virtual line ends. Lines too  long  for  internal  handling  are  split
2189       transparently (with a "none" virtual line end).
2190            Character  codes  that  are illegal in the currently selected text
2191       encoding are maintained transparently and are clearly  indicated  (e.g.
2192       illegal UTF-8 sequences in Unicode text).
2193            Files  with  mixed  encoding  (e.g. UTF-8 / 8 bit sections) can be
2194       edited comfortably.
2195            Input: To enter a NUL character, use ^V # 0 or ^V < NUL  or  Ctrl-
2196       Space > (if the keyboard supports Ctrl-Space).
2197
2198   File info: Memory of file position and editing style parameters
2199       On  every  file saving command, mined remembers the last text position,
2200       paragraph justification margins (only if automatic paragraph justifica‐
2201       tion is active), selected Smart Quotes style and Input Method (Keyboard
2202       Mapping), and TAB display width.  File info memory is relative  to  the
2203       working  directory, using a hidden file info file (.@mined - mined also
2204       handles its DOS short name @MINED~1 where it occurs,  to  provide  some
2205       interoperability  with  the DOS version of mined); previously used file
2206       marker files (@mined.mar) will be migrated and cleared  from  duplicate
2207       entries.
2208
2209            Note:  File  information  is  stored every time the user invokes a
2210       command to save the file (even if no write  is  performed  because  the
2211       text has not been edited).  When editing that file again (from the same
2212       working directory), mined will automatically move to that position (and
2213       set text marker 0 to it).
2214
2215        File info grooming
2216       Mined  checks and removes duplicate entries (from previous versions) in
2217       the file info file.  With option +@, mined  also  checks  whether  file
2218       info  entries  correspond to actual files that exist and are visible to
2219       the user; it will otherwise remove such entries.  Mined can  be  called
2220       with  this  option  alone  and will then exit after file info grooming.
2221       Mind, however, that files may be invisible only temporarily  (e.g.  due
2222       to unmounted file systems, or unplugged USB drives), and will get their
2223       info entries removed then, too.
2224
2225   File chooser
2226       To select a filename for a file operation  (e.g.  open,  save,  insert,
2227       write  buffer), mined opens an interactive file chooser that presents a
2228       listing of files and directories in  the  current  directory  (for  the
2229       change directory command, only directories are shown).  The list can be
2230       navigated and manipulated in these ways:
2231
2232              ·      cursor keys (including page down/up, end/begin)
2233
2234              ·      mouse movement and scroll
2235
2236              ·      entering a filename prefix which navigates to  the  first
2237                     file matching it
2238
2239              ·      TAB will usually copy the current filename into the edit‐
2240                     ing field (if it was partially matching a file  name,  it
2241                     is thus completed, similar to file completion on the com‐
2242                     mand line but case-insensitively)
2243
2244              ·      TAB on a directory will navigate the file chooser into it
2245
2246              ·      TAB or HOP while the filename editing field is containing
2247                     wildcards  interprets  the entered file name as a pattern
2248                     and switches to a filtered file listing (recognising "*",
2249                     "?",   "[abc-x]",  "[^abc-x]"  wildcard  expressions,  no
2250                     escapes)
2251
2252              ·      Enter on a directory will navigate the file chooser  into
2253                     it  (unless  for  the  ESC  d command in which case it is
2254                     selected)
2255
2256              ·      Enter on a selected (or entered) filename will choose the
2257                     name
2258       Also, a filename can be typed in directly (being interpreted as a file‐
2259       name prefix interactively). The filename or prefix is displayed in  the
2260       title bar of the popup file chooser menu.  When entering file or direc‐
2261       tory names, the leading ~ notation to refer to one's home directory  is
2262       accepted.   Note:  The full path name of the currently displayed direc‐
2263       tory is shown as the first entry in the file chooser menu.  Note: A few
2264       sorting  options  are offered in the "Options" - "File sort options..."
2265       submenu.  They can also be preselected with  the  command  line  option
2266       +zX.  See  the  file  chooser  options  for details.  Note: In the file
2267       chooser, filenames are interpreted in Unicode  (UTF-8  encoding)  while
2268       file  name  parameters given on the command line are interpreted in the
2269       terminal encoding. This may lead to inconsistent handling of  non-ASCII
2270       filenames.  Use the ESC ? command to display the file name using native
2271       encoding.  Note: On some file systems, retrieving directory information
2272       can  be  slow.   →NEW→  Mined  handles this and provides feedback about
2273       delayed operation, retrieves directory information lazy by  page  being
2274       displayed,  and  flushes display of the file chooser by line to provide
2275       visual feedback about the file information being retrieved.
2276
2277   →NEW→
2278       File tabs Mined provides virtual file tabs above the header line, list‐
2279       ing  file names as opened via command line or file chooser. By clicking
2280       a file name in the file tabs panel, or  hold-and-move  the  mouse  over
2281       them,  you  can  change  the file being edited. If the current file has
2282       been modified it will be saved first.
2283
2284   File switcher
2285       The File switcher presents a list of active files to select from,  com‐
2286       prising  files  supplied on the command line, and files opened or saved
2287       later.  Invoke the File switcher with Alt-# or ESC #, or Alt-F3 or  ESC
2288       F3,  or from the File menu. The Close file command (from the File menu)
2289       closes the current file and removes its name from the list.   The  list
2290       can be navigated and manipulated in these ways:
2291
2292              ·      cursor keys (including page down/up, end/begin)
2293
2294              ·      mouse movement and scroll
2295
2296              ·      entering  a  filename prefix which navigates to the first
2297                     file matching it
2298
2299              ·      Enter on a selected (or entered) filename will choose the
2300                     name
2301       To  reload  the  current  file  and stay (approximately) at the current
2302       position, use ESC Enter (Alt-Enter) after reloading.
2303
2304   Page length
2305       The command ESC P sets the number of lines that mined assumes to be  on
2306       a  page. So the status line can contain the page number to make finding
2307       the current position in a print-out easy. Also the Goto Line/%  command
2308       (^G etc.) accepts a final
2309        'p'  or  'P' in which cases it positions to the top of the given page.
2310       This information will be associated and stored with the  file  name  if
2311       file position memory is enabled; see File info: Memory of file position
2312       and editing style parameters above.
2313
2314   Restricted mode (tool mode)
2315       Restricted mode is triggered with
2316                 <code>mined -- [ filenames ... ]
2317        or (if installed)
2318                 <code>rmined [ filenames ... ]
2319        In restricted mode, only the file opened when mined was started can be
2320       edited, no commands changing file name reference, involving other files
2321       (copy/paste), or escaping to a shell command will be allowed.
2322
2323   Version control integration
2324       From the File menu, checkout and checkin commands  are  available  that
2325       invoke  "co"  or  "ci"  scripts, respectively (which must reside in the
2326       user's command search path).  This offers a  gateway  to  ClearCase  or
2327       other  version  control systems; mined applies automatic save or screen
2328       update as appropriate.
2329
2330   Printing
2331       From the File menu, a print command is available that prints  the  text
2332       currently  being edited.  If the script uprint is installed and config‐
2333       ured properly, printing works in any selected character encoding.   See
2334       Printing configuration for further details.
2335
2336       In Windows, mined uses notepad /p for printing.
2337       Note:  The  font  size interactively configured in notepad also affects
2338       the print size; with a fixed-width font, a font size of not  more  than
2339       10pt  gives  you  at least 80 characters per line; if 72 characters per
2340       line are enough, you can use 11pt font size.
2341

Working with mined

2343   Quick Options (Mode indication) flags
2344       The right side of the top menu bar displays a number of  one-letter  or
2345       two-letter indications for certain modes; the associated flag menus can
2346       be opened from here with a mouse right-click, or the modes can be  tog‐
2347       gled  quickly  with  a  middle-click.  (Keyboard shortcuts for handling
2348       flags and menus are also available.)
2349
2350              ·      Information display mode
2351
2352                     ·           "?": this flag menu offers options for perma‐
2353                            nent File info, Char info, or Han character infor‐
2354                            mation display.  For Char info and Han info,  fur‐
2355                            ther  options  can  be  selected  to configure the
2356                            information shown.
2357                            (Note that in extreme situations,  permanent  File
2358                            info display might cause swappping (when editing a
2359                            file that does not fit completely in memory,  e.g.
2360                            large  file  on old system). In that case, disable
2361                            the feature.)
2362
2363              ·      (In non-Latin-1 text and terminal mode only) Input Method
2364                     (Keyboard Mapping)
2365
2366                     ·           "--": no keyboard mapping is active.
2367
2368                     ·           "...":  a  two-letter  input method tag indi‐
2369                            cates  that  an  according  keyboard  mapping   is
2370                            active,  mapping  keyboard  input to characters of
2371                            the selected Unicode script range, or using a more
2372                            complex  CJK  input  method  involving "pick list"
2373                            selection menus.  See Keyboard Mapping  and  Input
2374                            Methods below.
2375
2376                     ·           Right mouse button on this indication opens a
2377                            menu for selection of the  desired  keyboard  map‐
2378                            ping.
2379
2380                     ·           Left  mouse button on this indication toggles
2381                            between the current and the previous selected key‐
2382                            board mapping.
2383
2384              Note: In the open Input method menu,
2385                     the  last column indicates the source of the input method
2386                     with a short tag as follows:
2387
2388                     ·           "U": generated from Unicode  data  file  Uni‐
2389                            codeData.txt
2390
2391                     ·           "H":  generated  from  Unihan  database  Uni‐
2392                            han.txt
2393
2394                     ·           "C": transformed from cxterm input table
2395
2396                     ·           "M": transformed from  input  method  of  the
2397                            m17n project
2398
2399                     ·           "Y":  transformed from yudit keyboard mapping
2400                            file
2401
2402                     ·           "V": transformed from vim keymap file
2403
2404                     ·           "X": transformed from X keyboard mapping file
2405
2406              ·      Smart Quotes
2407
2408                     ·           Two quote marks are  displayed  that  act  as
2409                            automatic  "smart  quotes": When you type a «"» or
2410                            «'» character (straight double or  single  quote),
2411                            it  is  replaced  by  an  opening or closing typo‐
2412                            graphic quote  mark  (double  or  single,  respec‐
2413                            tively), depending on the text context.
2414
2415                     ·           Right mouse button on these indications opens
2416                            a menu for  selection  of  the  desired  quotation
2417                            marks style.
2418
2419                     ·           Left  mouse button on this indication toggles
2420                            between  the  current  and  the   previous   style
2421                            selected with the menu.
2422
2423              ·      Character encoding (used for text interpretation)
2424
2425                     ·           A two-letter character encoding tag indicates
2426                            the text encoding currently assumed  for  display.
2427                            Changing  the  encoding changes the interpretation
2428                            of the text which is otherwise  handled  transpar‐
2429                            ently; it does not recode the text.
2430
2431                     ·           Right mouse button on these indications opens
2432                            a menu for  selection  of  the  desired  quotation
2433                            marks style.
2434
2435                     ·           Left  mouse button on this indication toggles
2436                            between the  current  and  the  previous  selected
2437                            encoding.
2438
2439              Note: See
2440                     Character  encoding support below for a list of encodings
2441                     that are auto-detected.
2442
2443              Note: For hints on preselecting preferred
2444                     text encoding (as well as terminal encoding) and  a  note
2445                     on  adjusting the available encodings and configuring the
2446                     Encoding menu, see Locale configuration.
2447
2448                     ·           "U8": Unicode/ISO 10646 character set / UTF-8
2449                            encoding
2450
2451                     ·           "16"  or "61": Unicode character set / UTF-16
2452                            encoding  (big-endian  or  little-endian,  respec‐
2453                            tively)
2454                            In  contrast to the other encodings, UTF-16 has no
2455                            separate entry in the Character encoding  menu  as
2456                            its  internal  handling  is  UTF-8  and  cannot be
2457                            switched while editing; these two flag values only
2458                            indicate  that  the file being edited was found to
2459                            be encoded and will be saved in UTF-16.
2460
2461                     ·           "L1": Western "Latin-1" character set  /  ISO
2462                            8859-1
2463
2464                     ·           "WL":  Windows  Latin  character set / "code‐
2465                            page" 1252 (superset of Latin-1)
2466
2467                     ·           "L9": Western "Latin-9" character  set  (with
2468                            Euro sign) / ISO 8859-15
2469
2470                     ·           "Cy": Cyrillic character set / KOI8-RU encod‐
2471                            ing (Russian, Ukrainian, Byelorussian)
2472              submenu more NE Eurasian:
2473
2474                     ·           "Ru": Cyrillic  /  Russian  KOI8-R  encoding;
2475                            used  if locale environment indicates this as ter‐
2476                            minal encoding, not  in  menu,  use  "Cy"  instead
2477                            which combines KOI8-R and KOI8-U
2478
2479                     ·           "Uk":  Cyrillic  / Ukrainian KOI8-U encoding;
2480                            used if locale environment indicates this as  ter‐
2481                            minal  encoding,  not  in  menu,  use "Cy" instead
2482                            which combines KOI8-R and KOI8-U
2483
2484                     ·           "I5": Cyrillic / ISO 8859-5 encoding
2485
2486                     ·           "WC": Cyrillic / Windows Cyrillic encoding
2487
2488                     ·           "Tj": Cyrillic / Tadjikistan encoding
2489
2490                     ·           "Kz": Cyrillic / Kazachstan encoding
2491
2492                     ·           "GP": Georgian character set (not Cyrillic) /
2493                            Georgian-PS encoding
2494
2495                     ·           "AR":  →NEW→ Armenian character set / ARMSCII
2496                            encoding
2497              submenu Greek/Semitic:
2498
2499                     ·           "I7": Greek / ISO 8859-7 encoding
2500
2501                     ·           "I6": Arabic / ISO 8859-6 encoding
2502
2503                     ·           "Ar": Arabic / MacArabic  encoding  (superset
2504                            of ISO 8859-6)
2505
2506                     ·           "I8": Hebrew / ISO 8859-8 encoding
2507
2508                     ·           "He":  Hebrew / Windows codepage 1255 (super‐
2509                            set of ISO 8859-8)
2510              submenu more Latin:
2511
2512                     ·           "MR": Mac-Roman character encoding
2513
2514                     ·           "PC": PC DOS  character  encoding  ("codepage
2515                            437")
2516
2517                     ·           "PL":  PC Latin character encoding ("codepage
2518                            850")
2519
2520                     ·           "LN" where N  is  2..8  or  "0":  Latin-N  or
2521                            Latin-10 encodings / ISO 8859-2/3/4/9/10/13/14/16
2522              CJK encodings:
2523
2524                     ·           "B5":  Traditional  Chinese  character  set /
2525                            Big5 encoding with HKSCS extensions, extends CP950
2526
2527                     ·           "GB":  Simplified  Chinese  character  set  /
2528                            GB18030  encoding,  extends  CP936,  includes  GBK
2529                            encoding, includes GB 2312 / EUC-CN encoding
2530
2531                     ·           "CN": Traditional Chinese character set / CNS
2532                            / EUC-TW encoding (including 4-byte code points)
2533
2534                     ·           "JP":  Japanese character set / EUC-JP encod‐
2535                            ing (including 3-byte code points)
2536
2537                     ·           "JX": →NEW→ Japanese  character  set  /  EUC-
2538                            JIS-2004 (X 0213) encoding
2539
2540                     ·           "32":  →NEW→ Japanese character set / Windows
2541                            "Shift_JIS" encoding /  CP932  (including  single-
2542                            byte mappings to Halfwidth Forms)
2543
2544                     ·           "SX":   →NEW→   Japanese   character   set  /
2545                            Shift_JIS-2004 (X 0213) encoding
2546
2547                     ·           "KR": Korean Unified Hangul character  set  /
2548                            UHC  encoding  /  CP949, includes KS C 5601 / KS X
2549                            1001 / EUC-KR encoding
2550
2551                     ·           "Jh": Korean Johab character set and encoding
2552              Further Asian encodings:
2553
2554                     ·           "VI":  Vietnamese  character  set  /   VISCII
2555                            encoding
2556
2557                     ·           "TV":  Vietnamese character set / TCVN encod‐
2558                            ing
2559
2560                     ·           "WV": →NEW→ Vietnamese character set / CP1258
2561                            encoding
2562
2563                     ·           "TI": Thai character set / TIS-620 encoding
2564
2565              ·      Combining  display  (available  only  if the current text
2566                     encoding contains combining characters)
2567
2568                     ·           "ç": combined display mode
2569
2570                     ·           "`": separated display mode: combining  char‐
2571                            acters are separated from their base character and
2572                            displayed with coloured background
2573
2574              ·      HOP key active
2575
2576                     ·           "H": HOP applies to next command
2577
2578                     ·           "h": HOP not active
2579
2580              ·      Edit mode vs. View only mode
2581
2582                     ·           "E": text is being edited
2583
2584                     ·           "V":  text  is  being  viewed   (modification
2585                            inhibited)
2586
2587                     ·           Note:  this  is  not  related to a file being
2588                            read-only; if you "edit" and modify the text of  a
2589                            read-only file, you will have to save to a differ‐
2590                            ent file name (or discard)
2591
2592              ·      Paste buffer (double flag)
2593
2594                     ·           "%": normal copy/paste mode
2595
2596                     ·           "[": rectangular copy/paste mode
2597
2598                     ·           "=":  cut/copy  replaces  (overwrites)  paste
2599                            buffer
2600
2601                     ·           "+": cut/copy appends to paste buffer
2602
2603                     ·           "%"  or  "[", "=" or "+": as above, and indi‐
2604                            cates Unicode paste buffer  mode  (in  non-Unicode
2605                            text encoding)
2606
2607              ·      Auto-indent mode
2608
2609                     ·           "»":  auto-indentation  enabled:  entering  a
2610                            newline indents the following line like  the  cur‐
2611                            rent one
2612
2613                     ·           "¦": auto-indentation disabled
2614
2615              ·      TAB expand mode and TAB width →NEW→
2616
2617                     ·           "N": (where N is 2 or 4 or 8) TAB is inserted
2618                            literally, TAB width is as indicated
2619
2620                     ·           "N": (where N is 2 or 4 or 8) TAB is expanded
2621                            to spaces, TAB width is as indicated
2622
2623              ·      Automatic paragraph justification levels
2624
2625                     ·           "j":  justification  only  on  request (ESC j
2626                            command)
2627
2628                     ·           "j": justification is performed whenever text
2629                            is entered beyond the right margin
2630
2631                     ·           "J": justification is performed whenever text
2632                            is inserted and the line exceeds the right  margin
2633                            (slightly buggy)
2634
2635              ·      Paragraph termination definition effective for justifica‐
2636                     tion
2637
2638                     ·           " ": non-blank line end terminates  paragraph
2639                            (blank space at line end continues paragraph)
2640
2641                     ·           "«": empty line terminates paragraph
2642
2643   Scrollbar
2644       By  default,  mined  displays  a scrollbar at the right side. It may be
2645       used for position indication within the text and for relative or  abso‐
2646       lute positioning with the three mouse buttons.
2647       In a UTF-8 terminal, mined uses Unicode character cell vertical eighths
2648       characters U+2581..U+2587 for a fine-grained scrollbar display. If your
2649       Unicode  font doesn't include those block characters, you may switch to
2650       the cell-grained scrollbar with the -o1 option.
2651
2652   Text position marker stack
2653       On commands that jump away from the current position  (HOP  Mark,  File
2654       Begin/End, Search, Search identifier definition, Search current charac‐
2655       ter, Goto Line/%, Goto Next/Previous File),  the  current  position  is
2656       remembered  in  a position stack.  The command ESC Enter goes backward,
2657       HOP ESC Enter forward in this "stack", even if this means switching the
2658       file being edited.
2659
2660   Structured editing support
2661        HTML support: syntax highlighting and tag entry/matching
2662       HTML  tag entry: With the ESC H commands, opening and closing HTML tags
2663       can be entered or (with HOP) a marked area can be  enclosed  into  HTML
2664       tags.
2665       Syntax  highlighting: HTML tags and comments, →NEW→ attributes and val‐
2666       ues can be highlighted, or dimmed to set them back from the actual text
2667       contents; if mined detects a dark terminal background (works with xterm
2668       and mintty), it adds a highlighting background to improve the contrast.
2669       Other  highlighting  modes  apply  to HTML comments and JSP code.  This
2670       option is activated if the file name suffix  is  one  of  .html,  .htm,
2671       .xhtml,  .shtml,  .mhtml, .sgml,  .xml, .xul, .xsd, .xsl, .xslt, .wsdl,
2672       .dtd; it can be toggled from the Options menu.  Additional highlighting
2673       of  embedded server-side scripting is activated if the file name suffix
2674       is one of  .jsp, .php, .asp, .aspx.
2675       HTML/XML syntax highlighting can be enabled with  option  +H  or  using
2676       Preference configuration per file-type.
2677       HTML  tag matching: With the ESC ( or ESC ) command, mined searches for
2678       the opening / closing HTML tag corresponding to the current one.
2679       Note: While you edit within a line and change its  HTML  ending  status
2680       (by  entering or deleting '<' or '>'), the display status of subsequent
2681       lines is not changed. (You may refresh the display with ESC ".")
2682       Configuration hint: The colour used for displaying  HTML  tags  can  be
2683       configured  with  the  environment  variable  MINEDHTML  using  an ANSI
2684       sequence, e.g. MINEDHTML=34 (the default).
2685
2686        Search structure match
2687       With the ESC ( or ESC ) commands, mined searches for a matching end  of
2688       various  structures,  like  opening/closing  HTML/XML tags (see above),
2689       matching parentheses or brackets, matching comments (/*  */),  matching
2690       conditional  macros  (#if...),  mail messages (in a mailbox file), MIME
2691       attachments.  See the ESC  (  command  in  the  command  reference  for
2692       details.
2693
2694        Structure input
2695       A structure template with opening and closing ends can be inserted with
2696       the structured input feature. HOP followed by one of { ,  (  ,  [  ,  <
2697       enters  a  corresponding  bracket  pair, HOP / enters a Javadoc comment
2698       frame. HOP - enters an underlining line matching the previous line.
2699
2700       Visual structure input is supported by Auto indentation
2701
2702   Password hiding
2703       With the option -P, mined hides one word  (separated  by  white  space)
2704       behind the string "assword" in a line (to accommodate for "password" or
2705       "Password") and displays reverse "*" instead.  Password hiding  can  be
2706       disabled with +P.
2707       By  default  (without  any P option), password hiding is activated when
2708       editing a file whose file name starts with "." (Unix "hidden" file con‐
2709       vention).
2710
2711   Virtual bold/underline stropping
2712       With  the  option  +ZZ, mined displays all-capital words in bold lower-
2713       case and supports their input using only a first capital  letter,  then
2714       small  letters  to  input a word in all-upper-case.  This is to support
2715       editing computer programs in Algol-like languages in their typical pub‐
2716       lication  look.   Use  +Z_  for  underline stropping, disable with -ZZ.
2717       Enabled by default if the filename ends with ".a68".
2718
2719   Long line splitting
2720       Mined has an internal line length limit (> ca. 1024 characters).   When
2721       opening  a  file, longer lines are split. This is handled transparently
2722       as virtual "none" line ends are used and indicated.   When  saving  the
2723       file, lines will be joined again.
2724
2725   Visible indication of line contents and display
2726       Various  options are available to indicate line control characters (Tab
2727       and line-feed) as well as shifted line display (of  lines  longer  than
2728       the  screen  width).  (So you can see how many dummy blank spaces there
2729       are before the line ends or how many superfluous blank spaces precede a
2730       Tab character.)
2731            Environment  variables  can  be  used to modify these indications.
2732       See Display layout for details.
2733            Default indications and according configuration variables:
2734
2735       «      / ⏎ LF (Unix-type line end)
2736              customize indication with MINEDRET or MINEDUTFRET  (may  contain
2737              up  to 3 characters to configure different appearance behind the
2738              line end)
2739
2740       «      / ⏎ CRLF (MSDOS-type two-character line end)
2741              (µ on black and white terminals)
2742              customize indication with MINEDDOSRET or MINEDUTFDOSRET
2743
2744       «      / ⏎ CR (Mac-type line end)
2745              (@ on black and white terminals)
2746              customize indication with MINEDMACRET or MINEDUTFMACRET
2747              transparently handled and displayed with +R command line option
2748
2749       º      NUL character (pseudo line end)
2750
2751       ¬      "none" line end (virtual line end as used to split  input  lines
2752              too  long  for  internal  handling; will be joined into a single
2753              line when saving the file)
2754
2755       «      →NEW→ NL (U+0085, ISO 8859/EBCDIC Next Line)
2756
2757       «      / ⏎ LS (U+2028, Unicode line separator)
2758
2759       ¶      PS (U+2029, Unicode paragraph separator)
2760              customize indication with MINEDPARA or MINEDUTFPARA
2761
2762       ¶      end of paragraph (if enabled by -p)
2763              customize indication with MINEDPARA or MINEDUTFPARA
2764
2765       ·      no-break space (Unicode character U+00A0)
2766
2767       »      line extending the end of the screen line
2768              (move cursor right to shift line display)
2769              customize indication with MINEDSHIFT or MINEDUTFSHIFT
2770
2771       «      line shifted out left of the screen line
2772              (move cursor left to shift line display back)
2773              customize indication with MINEDSHIFT or MINEDUTFSHIFT
2774
2775       ·      position spanned by Tab character
2776              customize indication with MINEDTAB or MINEDUTFTAB  (may  contain
2777              up  to 3 characters to configure different appearance within the
2778              Tab span)
2779
2780       Configuration: Display colour of the indications is by default red or a
2781       dimmed  foreground  colour;  this  can  be changed with the environment
2782       variable MINEDDIM, display colour for Unicode line end indications  and
2783       other   special   (esp.   invalid)  character  indications  with  <span
2784       class=env>MINEDSPECIAL. Their values should be the numeric part  of  an
2785       ANSI  terminal  control  sequence,  e.g. 31 for red, "33;44" for yellow
2786       text on blue background.  MINEDDIM can also be set to an  integer  per‐
2787       centage  value  (e.g.  MINEDIM="50%") to have mined apply dim colour to
2788       the indications; the colour value is computed from  the  current  fore‐
2789       ground  and  background  colours (if the terminal supports their detec‐
2790       tion).
2791       For more details and recommended settings see the example  script  file
2792       profile.mined in the Mined runtime support library.  Default values are
2793       compiled in and can be overridden by setting  the  variables  to  empty
2794       values.
2795
2796       Note:  With the -F option, mined limits usage of special characters for
2797       line indication and suppresses  the  interpretation  of  the  MINEDUTF*
2798       environment variables.
2799
2800   Function key help bars
2801       For  quick  reference  of functions attached to function keys, modified
2802       function keys, and other modified keys (as used for accent prefix func‐
2803       tions), a number of help bars can be displayed in the bottom line.
2804       F1 followed by another F1, optionally modified by a combination of Con‐
2805       trol/Shift/Alt, displays a help line with function attachments  to  the
2806       respectively  modified  function keys; F1 followed by Ctrl-1/Alt-1/Alt-
2807       Ctrl-1 or Control with a punctuation key (e.g. Ctrl-,) displays a  help
2808       line  for  the respective accent prefix functions attached.  See the F1
2809       help bars command reference for details.
2810
2811   Menu display
2812       Menu borders are displayed using Unicode Box Drawing  characters  in  a
2813       UTF-8  terminal,  using  VT100-mode  graphics  characters  if  they are
2814       detected to be available, or using ASCII graphics otherwise.
2815       Configuration hint: The menu style option -Q is available to  configure
2816       your style preference; see also Terminal interworking problems for con‐
2817       figuration hints to deal  terminal-related  graphics  display  trouble.
2818       Alternatively, the option -f reduces font assumptions and adjusts usage
2819       of special characters accordingly.
2820       In addition to round or rectangular corners, also fancy item  selection
2821       display style can be selected (-Q).
2822       With  a  non-UTF-8 terminal, if your system's termcap/terminfo database
2823       does not indicate the VT100 graphics capability for  the  terminal  you
2824       use but you know (or want to try if) your terminal has that capability,
2825       use of graphical borders can be enforced  with  the  -Qv  command  line
2826       option.
2827       Configuration  hint: The colour of menu borders can be changed with the
2828       environment variable MINEDBORDER.  The marker of selected items in flag
2829       menus can be changed with the environment variable MINEDMENUMARKER.
2830       →NEW→  The  apperance of the menu background and borders can be config‐
2831       ured in the runtime configuration file $HOME/.minedrc.
2832

Language support

2834       Most of the information in this chapter is redundant. It collects  lan‐
2835       guage-specific features described in the other chapters in a more tech‐
2836       nical context, here assorted by languages / scripts for more convenient
2837       quick reference.
2838       Language-specific  typographic  quotation  marks  are  supported by the
2839       Smart quotes feature.  See Quotation Marks Styles on the mined web site
2840       for a listing of locale-specific styles.  <!p>
2841
2842   Latin-script languages
2843        Character sets
2844       In  addition  to  Unicode, mined supports Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1), Latin-9
2845       (ISO 8859-15), Mac-Roman, Windows (CP1252) and DOS (CP437, CP850) West‐
2846       ern  character  sets, as well as further ISO character sets for Central
2847       European (Latin-2, ISO 8859-2), South European (Latin-3,  ISO  8859-3),
2848       Turkish  (Latin-5,  ISO  8859-9), Nordic (Latin-6, ISO 8859-10), Baltic
2849       (Latin-7,  ISO  8859-13),  Celtic  (Latin-8,  ISO  8859-14),   Romanian
2850       (Latin-10, ISO 8859-16), →NEW→ and EBCDIC (CP1047).  To view and edit a
2851       file in one of these encodings, select it from the Encoding menu  (sec‐
2852       tion  "8 Bit" for Western, or submenu "more Latin"), or use the respec‐
2853       tive command line parameter.  See Character encoding flags for details.
2854       Terminal: If your terminal runs  any  of  these  encodings,  mined  can
2855       detect  this  by proper setting of environment variables (LC_* or LANG,
2856       and TERM).  See Terminal environment for details.
2857
2858        Character input support
2859       For input of accented characters, mined provides an  extensive  set  of
2860       accent prefix functions, covering Western accents as well as
2861
2862              ·      Macron (Latvian, Lithuanian, Polynesian languages)
2863
2864              ·      Breve (Romanian, Turkish)
2865
2866              ·      Dot above (Lithuanian, Polish)
2867
2868              ·      Ogonek (Lithuanian, Polish)
2869
2870              ·      Caron/Háček  (Croatian, Czech, Lithuanian, Latvian, Esto‐
2871                     nian, Slovenian, Slovak)
2872
2873              ·      Stroke (Croatian, Maltese, Polish, Vietnamese)
2874
2875              ·      and others
2876
2877       For other characters and ligatures, mined provides mnemonic input.
2878       See Character input support for more details.
2879
2880        Language-specific mnemonic conversion support
2881       The generic mnemonic transformation command ESC _ (which  transforms  a
2882       mnemonic  transcription in the text into its accented or ligature char‐
2883       acter) has a few national variants, using keys available on the respec‐
2884       tive keyboards as commands:
2885
2886              ·      German: ESC ö etc. transforms ae to ä, oe to ö
2887
2888              ·      French: ESC é etc. transforms ae to æ, oe to oe ligature
2889
2890              ·      Scandinavian: ESC å etc. transforms ae to æ, oe to ø
2891
2892              ·      →NEW→ Italian: ESC ì etc. transforms 'e or ´e to è rather
2893                     than é etc.
2894
2895              ·      →NEW→ East European> ESC <  accented  letter  typical  on
2896                     East  European  keyboard  >  (like  l with stroke, u with
2897                     ring, o with double acute, s with caron, etc)  transforms
2898                     ,e to e with ogonek (rather than cedilla) etc., and -d to
2899                     d with stroke
2900       (See mnemonic character substitution commands in the Command  reference
2901       for details.)
2902
2903        Language-specific case conversion
2904       (The  following  rules apply if the respective language is indicated by
2905       the language tag as extracted from one  of  the  environment  variables
2906       →NEW→ LANGUAGE, TEXTLANG, LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, LANG.)
2907
2908       Lithuanian:  (If  language tag begins with "lt") Proper case conversion
2909       of accented i with retained i dot.
2910
2911       Turkish, Azeri, Tatar, Bashkir: (If language tag begins  with  "tr"  or
2912       "az"  →NEW→  or  "crh" or "tt" or "ba") Proper case conversion of i<->I
2913       with dot above / dotless i<->I.
2914
2915       →NEW→ Dutch: (If language tag begins with "nl") Title  case  conversion
2916       with Shift-F3 supports "IJ" pseudo ligature like in "IJsselmeer".  <!p>
2917
2918   Esperanto
2919        Character sets
2920       In  addition  to Unicode, mined supports the Latin-3 character set (ISO
2921       8859-3), and the DOS codepage CP853 (especially as terminal  encoding).
2922       To  view and edit a file in Latin-3 encoding, select it from the Encod‐
2923       ing menu (submenu "more Latin"), or use the command line parameter -E3.
2924       To tell mined it runs a CP853 DOS setting, use a LC_CTYPE variable set‐
2925       ting (.CP853) or the option +E=CP853.  See Character encoding flags for
2926       details.
2927       Terminal:  If  your  terminal runs this encoding, make sure to indicate
2928       this properly with an environment variable (LC_* / LANG).  See Terminal
2929       environment for details.
2930
2931        Input method
2932       Mined supports a built-in input method for Esperanto, using the "x-sys‐
2933       tem", plus "Sm" for the Spesmilo sign.  Select it from the Input method
2934       menu.
2935
2936        Accented character input support
2937       Instead of the input method, also the following accent prefix functions
2938       can be used:
2939
2940       Ctrl-F6
2941
2942       Ctrl-^ circumflex
2943
2944       Alt-Shift-F5
2945
2946       Ctrl-( breve
2947
2948       <!p>
2949
2950   Hawai'ian
2951        Accented character and 'okina input support
2952       The following shortcuts and accent prefix functions can be used:
2953
2954       HOP ` (grave accent)
2955              glottal stop / 'okina (U+02BB)
2956
2957       Alt-Ctrl-F6
2958
2959       Ctrl-- (Ctrl-minus)
2960              macron (long vowel)
2961
2962       Note: In smart quotes mode, the grave accent  (or  backquote)  `  alone
2963       enters a glottal stop as well.  <!p>
2964
2965   Russian, Ukrainian, other Cyrillic-script languages
2966        Character sets
2967       In  addition to Unicode, mined supports ISO Cyrillic (ISO 8859-5), Win‐
2968       dows Cyrillic (CP1251), and KOI8-RU which  is  a  convenient  merge  of
2969       KOI8-R (Russian) and KOI8-U (Ukrainian) (which are also supported sepa‐
2970       rately but not included in the menu), →NEW→ and DOS  Ukrainian  (CP1125
2971       and CP1131).  To view and edit a file in one of these encodings, select
2972       it from the Encoding menu ("Cyrillic" or submenu "more  NE  Eurasian"),
2973       or  use  the respective command line parameter.  See Character encoding
2974       flags for details.
2975       Terminal: If your terminal runs any of these encodings,  make  sure  to
2976       indicate this properly with an environment variable (LC_* / LANG).  See
2977       Terminal environment for details.
2978
2979        Input method
2980       Mined supports a built-in input method for Cyrillic.   Select  it  from
2981       the Input method menu.
2982
2983        Accented character input support
2984       In combination with a Cyrillic input method or keyboard, mined provides
2985       accent prefix support for  Cyrillic  accented  letters.  Accent  prefix
2986       functions  for  Latin  letters are reused for Cyrillic accents, see the
2987       following table:
2988
2989       F5
2990
2991       Ctrl-: diaeresis
2992
2993       Alt-Ctrl-F6
2994
2995       Ctrl-- descender / macron
2996
2997       Alt-F5
2998
2999       Ctrl-/ stroke
3000
3001       Ctrl-& hook
3002
3003       Ctrl-- Ctrl-&
3004              middle hook
3005
3006       Alt-Shift-F5
3007
3008       Ctrl-( breve
3009
3010       Ctrl-; tail / tick / upturn
3011
3012       F6
3013
3014       Ctrl-'
3015
3016       Ctrl-´ vertical stroke
3017
3018       Shift-F6
3019
3020       Ctrl-` grave
3021
3022       Shift-F5
3023
3024       Ctrl-~ titlo
3025
3026       acute acute
3027              double acute
3028
3029       grave grave
3030              double grave
3031
3032       See Character input support for more details.
3033
3034        Script highlighting
3035       To distinguish some Cyrillic letters from Latin  look-alikes,  Cyrillic
3036       is by default displayed with colour highlighting.  <!p>
3037
3038   Tadjik
3039        Character sets
3040       In addition to Unicode, mined supports KOI8-T.  To view and edit a file
3041       in this Tadjik encoding, select it  from  the  Encoding  menu  (submenu
3042       "more  NE  Eurasian"),  or  use  the  respective command line parameter
3043       -E:Tj.  See Character encoding flags for details.
3044       Terminal: If your terminal runs this encoding, make  sure  to  indicate
3045       this properly with an environment variable (LC_* / LANG).  See Terminal
3046       environment for details.
3047
3048        Input method
3049       Mined supports a built-in input method for Cyrillic.   Select  it  from
3050       the Input method menu.
3051
3052        Accented character input support
3053       See above for Cyrillic accented input support.
3054
3055        Script highlighting
3056       Cyrillic is by default displayed with colour highlighting.  <!p>
3057
3058   Kazakh
3059        Character sets
3060       In  addition to Unicode, mined supports PT154.  To view and edit a file
3061       in this Kazakh encoding, select it  from  the  Encoding  menu  (submenu
3062       "more  NE  Eurasian"),  or  use  the  respective command line parameter
3063       -E:Kz.  See Character encoding flags for details.
3064       Terminal: If your terminal runs this encoding, make  sure  to  indicate
3065       this properly with an environment variable (LC_* / LANG).  See Terminal
3066       environment for details.
3067
3068        Input method
3069       Mined supports a built-in input method for Kazakh.  Select it from  the
3070       Input method menu.
3071
3072        Accented character input support
3073       See above for Cyrillic accented input support.
3074
3075        Script highlighting
3076       Cyrillic is by default displayed with colour highlighting.  <!p>
3077
3078   Georgian
3079        Character sets
3080       In addition to Unicode, mined supports Georgian-PS.  To view and edit a
3081       file in this encoding, select it from the Encoding menu (submenu  "more
3082       NE Eurasian"), or use the respective command line parameter -E:GP.  See
3083       Character encoding flags for details.
3084       Terminal: If your terminal runs this encoding, make  sure  to  indicate
3085       this properly with an environment variable (LC_* / LANG).  See Terminal
3086       environment for details.  <!p>
3087
3088   Armenian
3089        Character sets
3090       →NEW→ In addition to Unicode, mined supports ARMSCII.  To view and edit
3091       a  file  in  this  encoding,  select it from the Encoding menu (submenu
3092       "more NE Eurasian", tell me if that's not suitable), or use the respec‐
3093       tive  command  line  parameter -E:AR.  See Character encoding flags for
3094       details.
3095       Terminal: If your terminal runs this encoding, make  sure  to  indicate
3096       this properly with an environment variable (LC_* / LANG).  See Terminal
3097       environment for details.  <!p>
3098
3099   Greek
3100        Character sets
3101       In addition to Unicode, mined supports ISO Greek (ISO 8859-7).  To view
3102       and  edit  a  file  in  this encoding, select it from the Encoding menu
3103       (submenu "Greek/Semitic"), or use the respective command line parameter
3104       -E:I7.  See Character encoding flags for details.
3105       Terminal:  If  your  terminal runs this encoding, make sure to indicate
3106       this properly with an environment variable (LC_* / LANG).  See Terminal
3107       environment for details.
3108
3109        Input method
3110       Mined  supports  a built-in input method for Greek.  Select it from the
3111       Input method menu.
3112
3113        Accented character input support
3114       In combination with a Greek input method or  keyboard,  mined  provides
3115       accent prefix support for both monotonic Greek and polytonic Greek.
3116       Monotonic  Greek uses only one accent, the tonos which looks like acute
3117       and can be entered with the F6 or Ctrl-' prefix function.
3118       Polytonic Greek uses - among many others - the  oxia  accent  which  is
3119       nowadays  considered identical and looks like the monotonic tonos. How‐
3120       ever, for historic reasons, there are two sets of Greek  accented  let‐
3121       ters  with  this  accent  in Unicode, one with tonos and one with oxia.
3122       While this may be considered a design flaw of  Unicode,  in  fact  both
3123       kinds  of characters exist and mined provides support for both accents.
3124       The choice of usage is up to the user.  Note, e.g. that
3125
3126       F6 < alpha >
3127              enters the Greek letter alpha with tonos
3128
3129       Ctrl-F6 < alpha >
3130              enters the Greek letter alpha with oxia
3131
3132       Likewise, with mnemonic input
3133
3134       ^V ' < alpha > (using the apostrophe key)
3135              enters the Greek letter alpha with tonos
3136
3137       ^V ´ < alpha > (using the acute accent key)
3138
3139       In these examples, < alpha > indicates the Greek  letter  alpha,  which
3140       may  e.g. be entered by selecting the Greek input method and typing the
3141       a key.
3142
3143       Accent prefix functions for Latin letters are reused for Greek accents,
3144       see the following table:
3145
3146       F5
3147
3148       Ctrl-:
3149
3150       Ctrl-" dialytika
3151
3152       Shift-F5
3153
3154       Ctrl-~ perispomeni
3155
3156       Ctrl-F5
3157
3158       Ctrl-, iota (ypogegrammeni)
3159
3160       Ctrl-Shift-F5
3161
3162       Ctrl-; prosgegrammeni
3163
3164       Alt-Shift-F5
3165
3166       Ctrl-( vrachy
3167
3168       F6
3169
3170       Ctrl-' (Ctrl-apostrophe) tonos
3171
3172       Ctrl-F6
3173
3174       Ctrl-´ (Ctrl-acute)
3175
3176       Ctrl-^ oxia
3177
3178       Shift-F6
3179
3180       Ctrl-` (Ctrl-grave) varia
3181
3182       Alt-F6
3183
3184       Ctrl-< psili
3185
3186       Alt-Shift-F6
3187
3188       Ctrl-. dasia
3189
3190       Ctrl-Shift-F6
3191              macron
3192
3193       Alt-6  psili and oxia
3194
3195       Ctrl-Alt-6
3196              dasia and oxia
3197
3198       Alt-7  psili and varia
3199
3200       Ctrl-Alt-7
3201              dasia and varia
3202
3203       Alt-8  psili and perispomeni
3204
3205       Ctrl-Alt-8
3206              dasia and perispomeni
3207
3208       For  polytonic  Greek,  2  or 3 accents can be combined by applying the
3209       respective accent prefix functions in sequence.  For  convenience,  the
3210       most frequent combinations of 2 accents are also available as dedicated
3211       accent prefix keys as listed  above.   Also,  modified  Ctrl-/Alt-/Alt-
3212       Ctrl-  digit keys are used for polytonic Greek accent prefix functions.
3213       See Character input support for more details.
3214
3215        Script highlighting
3216       To distinguish some Greek letters from Latin look-alikes, Greek  is  by
3217       default displayed with colour highlighting.
3218
3219        Script-specific case conversion
3220       Case conversion of final sigma is handled properly.  <!p>
3221
3222   Amharic
3223        Input method
3224       Mined  supports  two  built-in input methods for Amharic, one is called
3225       "Ethiopic" (source: yudit), the other is called "Amharic" and was  gen‐
3226       erated from Unicode character names (preferable according to user feed‐
3227       back).  Select your preferred input method from the Input method  menu.
3228       <!p>
3229
3230   Arabic
3231        Character sets
3232       In addition to Unicode, mined supports ISO Arabic (ISO 8859-6), MacAra‐
3233       bic and DOS Arabic (CP720).  To view and edit a file in  one  of  these
3234       encodings,  select it from the Encoding menu (submenu "Greek/Semitic"),
3235       or use the respective command line parameter -E:I6 or -EA.  See Charac‐
3236       ter encoding flags for details.
3237       Terminal:  If your terminal runs ISO Arabic, make sure to indicate this
3238       properly with an environment variable  (LC_*  /  LANG).   See  Terminal
3239       environment for details.
3240
3241        Input method
3242       Mined  supports a built-in input method for Arabic.  Select it from the
3243       Input method menu.
3244
3245        Accented character input support
3246       Not yet implemented. Tell me if you have a proposal or  preference  for
3247       assignment of accent prefix functions to the keyboard.
3248
3249        Bidi support
3250       Mined  has  implicit  primitive  support for visual right-to-left input
3251       which is however not the preferred storage method as complete right-to-
3252       left text should be stored in logical order.
3253       Mined  auto-detects  and  cooperates  with  a bidi terminal (mlterm) in
3254       which case visual right-to-left input is disabled.
3255       A full context-aware bidi display and  editing  technique  would  still
3256       have to be integrated into mined. Tell me if you are interested.  <!p>
3257
3258   Hebrew
3259        Character sets
3260       In addition to Unicode, mined supports ISO Hebrew (ISO 8859-8) and Win‐
3261       dows Hebrew (CP1255).  To view and edit a file in one of  these  encod‐
3262       ings,  select  it  from the Encoding menu (submenu "Greek/Semitic"), or
3263       use the respective command line parameter -E:I8 or -EE.  See  Character
3264       encoding flags for details.
3265       Terminal:  If  your  terminal runs this encoding, make sure to indicate
3266       this properly with an environment variable (LC_* / LANG).  See Terminal
3267       environment for details.
3268
3269        Input method
3270       Mined  supports a built-in input method for Hebrew.  Select it from the
3271       Input method menu.
3272
3273        Accented character input support
3274       Not yet implemented. Tell me if you have a proposal or  preference  for
3275       assignment of accent prefix functions to the keyboard.
3276
3277        Bidi support
3278       Mined  has  implicit  primitive  support for visual right-to-left input
3279       which is however not the preferred storage method as complete right-to-
3280       left text should be stored in logical order.
3281       Mined  auto-detects  and  cooperates  with  a bidi terminal (mlterm) in
3282       which case visual right-to-left input is disabled.
3283       A full context-aware bidi display and  editing  technique  would  still
3284       have to be integrated into mined. Tell me if you are interested.
3285
3286        Smart replacement
3287       As  a  special  case  of smart dash input replacement (enabled together
3288       with smart quotes), mined inserts Hebrew Maqaf as a dash in the context
3289       of Hebrew letters.  <!p>
3290
3291   Chinese
3292        Character sets
3293       In  addition  to  Unicode,  mined  supports  Big5  with HKSCS extension
3294       (extending CP950), GB18030 (extending CP936, extending  GKB,  including
3295       EUC-CN),  and CNS (EUC-TW) multi-byte character sets.  To view and edit
3296       a file in one of these encodings, select  it  from  the  Encoding  menu
3297       (section  "Chinese"),  or use the respective command line parameter -EB
3298       or -EG or -EC.  See Character encoding flags for details.
3299       Auto-detection: Big5 and GB18030 text encoding are  also  auto-detected
3300       when opening a file (with a certain success rate).  Set the environment
3301       variable MINEDDETECT="BG"  to  constrain  auto-detection  to  Big5  and
3302       GB18030 encodings.  See Mined configuration for details.
3303       Terminal:  Mined  supports  native CJK terminals; make sure to indicate
3304       this properly with an environment variable (LC_* / LANG).  See Terminal
3305       encodings support for details on detection and handling of CJK terminal
3306       features.
3307
3308        Input method
3309       Mined provides  the  following  built-in  input  methods  for  Chinese:
3310       Pinyin,  Cangjie,  WuBi,  4Corner,  Boshiamy, and special support for a
3311       Radical/Stroke lookup input method.  Select the input  method  of  your
3312       preference from the Input method menu.
3313
3314        Han character information display
3315       Mined provides special support for display of Han character information
3316       according to the Unihan database. It comprises semantic information and
3317       Mandarin,  Cantonese,  Hanyu Pinlu, Hanyu Pinyin, XHC Hanyu pinyin, and
3318       Tang dynasty pronunciation.
3319
3320        Accented character input support
3321       For Latin-based Pinyin transcription of Chinese, the usual accent  pre‐
3322       fix functionality is available.  <!p>
3323
3324   Japanese
3325        Character sets
3326       In  addition to Unicode, mined supports JIS character sets in EUC-JP or
3327       Shift_JIS (CP932) multi-byte encoding →NEW→ and EUC-JIS-2004  (X  0213)
3328       or Shift_JIS-2004 (X 0213) encoding.  To view and edit a file in one of
3329       these encodings, select it from the Encoding menu (section "Japanese"),
3330       or use the respective command line parameter -EJ or -ES.  See Character
3331       encoding flags for details.
3332       Auto-detection: EUC-JP/-JIS and Shift_JIS text encodings are also auto-
3333       detected  when  opening  a file (with a certain success rate).  Set the
3334       environment variable MINEDDETECT="JS" to  constrain  auto-detection  to
3335       EUC-JP  and Shift_JIS encodings, →NEW→ or MINEDDETECT="Xx" to constrain
3336       auto-detection to EUC-JIS X 0213 and Shift_JIS X 0213  encodings.   See
3337       Mined configuration for details.
3338       Terminal:  Mined  supports  native CJK terminals; make sure to indicate
3339       this properly with an environment variable (LC_* / LANG).  See Terminal
3340       encodings support for details on detection and handling of CJK terminal
3341       features.
3342
3343        Input method
3344       Mined provides the following built-in input methods for Japanese: Hira‐
3345       gana,  Katakana,  TUT  roma,  and  special support for a Radical/Stroke
3346       lookup input method.  Select the input method of your  preference  from
3347       the Input method menu.
3348       Mined does not implement, however, advanced Japanese input methods that
3349       provide semantics-based Hanja input; for these, you will have to set up
3350       or  use an external input method with your operating environment, which
3351       is then handled by the terminal which delivers  ready-composed  charac‐
3352       ters transparently to the application.
3353
3354        Han character information display
3355       Mined provides special support for display of Han character information
3356       according to the Unihan database. It comprises semantic information and
3357       Japanese and Sino-Japanese pronunciation.
3358
3359        Accented character input support
3360       For Latin-based Romaji transcription of Japanese, the usual accent pre‐
3361       fix functionality is available.  <!p>
3362
3363   Korean
3364        Character sets
3365       In addition to Unicode, mined supports UHC  (CP949,  including  EUC-KR)
3366       and Johab multi-byte character sets.  To view and edit a file in one of
3367       these encodings, select it from the Encoding menu  (section  "Korean"),
3368       or use the respective command line parameter -EK or -EH.  See Character
3369       encoding flags for details.
3370       Auto-detection: UHC text encoding is also auto-detected when opening  a
3371       file  (with  a  certain  success  rate).   Set the environment variable
3372       MINEDDETECT="K" to constrain auto-detection to UHC encoding.  See Mined
3373       configuration for details.
3374       Terminal:  Mined  supports  native CJK terminals; make sure to indicate
3375       this properly with an environment variable (LC_* / LANG).  See Terminal
3376       encodings support for details on detection and handling of CJK terminal
3377       features.
3378
3379        Input method
3380       Mined provides the following built-in input methods for Korean: Hangul,
3381       Hanja,  and  special  support for a Radical/Stroke lookup input method.
3382       Select the input method of your preference from the Input method menu.
3383
3384        Han character information display
3385       Mined provides special support for display of Han character information
3386       according to the Unihan database. It comprises semantic information and
3387       Hangul and Korean pronunciation.  <!p>
3388
3389   Vietnamese
3390        Character sets
3391       In addition to Unicode, mined supports VISCII, TCVN and  →NEW→  Windows
3392       Vietnamese  (CP1258) character sets.  To view and edit a file in one of
3393       these encodings, select it  from  the  Encoding  menu  (section  "Viet‐
3394       namese"), or use the respective command line parameter -EV or -EN.  See
3395       Character encoding flags for details.
3396       Auto-detection: VISCII text encoding is also auto-detected when opening
3397       a  file  (with  a  certain success rate).  Set the environment variable
3398       MINEDDETECT="V" to constrain auto-detection to  VISCII  encoding.   See
3399       Mined configuration for details.
3400       Terminal:  If  your  terminal runs this encoding, make sure to indicate
3401       this properly with an environment variable (LC_* / LANG).  See Terminal
3402       environment for details.
3403
3404        Input method
3405       Mined provides the following built-in input methods for Vietnamese: VNI
3406       and VIQR.  Select the input method of your preference  from  the  Input
3407       method menu.
3408       It may be more convenient, however, to use the extensive accented char‐
3409       acter input support provided by mined together  with  a  normal  Latin-
3410       based  keyboard (so without a keyboard-mapping input method), see Char‐
3411       acter input support for Vietnamese below.
3412
3413        Character input support
3414       Mined provides input support for multiple accented characters  as  used
3415       in Vietnamese, as well as convenient accent prefix functions for combi‐
3416       nations of two Vietnamese accents.  Modified Ctrl-/Alt-/Alt-Ctrl- digit
3417       keys  are  used for Vietnamese accent prefix functions.  Alternatively,
3418       mnemonic character input can be used.  See Accented and mnemonic  input
3419       support for details, and see below for some introducing comments.
3420
3421       An  accent prefix can either be applied to the plain Latin base letter,
3422       or to a precomposed Vietnamese letter which  already  has  one  of  the
3423       accents.  These are:
3424
3425              U+00C2  LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX
3426
3427              U+00E2  LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX
3428
3429              U+00CA  LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX
3430
3431              U+00EA  LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX
3432
3433              U+00D4  LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX
3434
3435              U+00F4  LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX
3436
3437              U+0102  LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH BREVE
3438
3439              U+0103  LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH BREVE
3440
3441              U+01A0  LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH HORN
3442
3443              U+01A1  LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH HORN
3444
3445              U+01AF  LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH HORN
3446
3447              U+01B0  LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH HORN
3448
3449       Examples: Suppose your keyboard is mapped to have Vietnamese characters
3450       like A with circumflex available. Then:
3451
3452       ^V Â ' (Ctrl-V A-circumflex apostrophe)
3453              enters the composite character U+1EA4  (A  with  circumflex  and
3454              acute)
3455
3456       ^V ~ Ô (Ctrl-V O-circumflex tilde)
3457              enters  the  composite  character  U+1ED6 (O with circumflex and
3458              tilde)
3459
3460       Ctrl-6 A
3461              enters U+00C2 (A with circumflex)
3462
3463       Alt-4 A
3464              enters U+1EAA (A with circumflex and tilde)
3465
3466       Ctrl-Alt-3 A
3467              enters U+1EB2 (A with breve and hook above)
3468
3469       Ctrl-Alt-3 O
3470              enters U+1EDE (O with horn and hook above)
3471
3472       Note: Using composite base characters in mined character  mnemonics  or
3473       accent  prefix  combinations  as just described also works in non-UTF-8
3474       text encoding mode (e.g. in VISCII or TCVN encoding).  <!p>
3475
3476   Thai
3477        Character sets
3478       In addition to Unicode, mined supports the TIS-620 character set  (with
3479       CP874 extensions).  To view and edit a file in this encoding, select it
3480       from the Encoding menu (section "Thai"), or use the respective  command
3481       line parameter -ET.  See Character encoding flags for details.
3482       Terminal:  If  your  terminal runs this encoding, make sure to indicate
3483       this properly with an environment variable (LC_* / LANG).  See Terminal
3484       environment for details.
3485
3486        Input method
3487       Mined  provides  a built-in Thai input method.  Select the input method
3488       from the Input method menu.
3489
3490        Accented character input support
3491       Not yet implemented. Tell me if you have a proposal or  preference  for
3492       assignment of accent prefix functions to the keyboard.
3493

Character handling support

3495       This  chapter  describes  mined features for character manipulation and
3496       display of characters and character properties. Unicode  and  CJK  spe‐
3497       cific  features  are  described  in the respective chapters.  Character
3498       input support is described separately in the subsequent chapter.
3499
3500   Script highlighting
3501       It may be desirable to distinguish characters in  different  script  by
3502       displaying  their glyphs in different colours.  (This especially allows
3503       to  distinguish  easier  between  similar  glyphs  as  they  occur   in
3504       Latin/Greek/Cyrillic scripts.)
3505       Script highlighting is currently pre-configured for Greek and Cyrillic.
3506       It uses the terminal's 256-colour mode if available.
3507       The scripts to highlight and the colour values to use can be configured
3508       at compile-time.  See Mined configuration below.
3509
3510   Combining characters
3511       When  editing  text  in Unicode or any encoding that contains combining
3512       characters, mined supports display and editing of  combining  and  com‐
3513       bined characters.
3514
3515       (Note:  Terminal  support  for  combining  characters is auto-detected;
3516       additional command line options are available in case this fails.)
3517       If mined operates on a terminal that handles combining  characters,  it
3518       offers  two  editing modes: combined or separated.  They can be toggled
3519       by clicking the Combining display flag in the Quick Options (Mode indi‐
3520       cation)  flags area (right part of the top screen line), or by the menu
3521       entry "Options - Combined display"; separated display mode can also  be
3522       selected by the command line option -c.
3523
3524       Combined display and editing mode (Combining display flag ç)
3525              Combined characters are displayed as intended (i.e., combined).
3526
3527       ·      Micro movement into combined characters:
3528
3529              ·      The  cursor  can  be moved into a combined character with
3530                     Ctrl-cursor-left and Ctrl-cursor-right, or ^V cursor-left
3531                     and ^V cursor-right.
3532
3533              ·      You  can  determine  the  exact position of the cursor if
3534                     permanent character info is switched on (by HOP ESC u  or
3535                     with HOP "Toggle Char info" in the Options menu).
3536
3537       ·      Partially editing combined characters:
3538
3539              ·      If  the  cursor  is  on a combined character, delete next
3540                     character (e.g. Del on  small  keypad)  will  delete  the
3541                     whole combined character, with all combining accents.
3542
3543              ·      If  the  cursor is on a combined character, Ctrl-Del will
3544                     delete only the base character, leaving combining accents
3545                     which may then be combined with the previous character.
3546
3547              ·      If the cursor is within a combined character, delete next
3548                     character will delete the current combining accent only.
3549
3550              ·      Smart  backspacing:  Ctrl-Backarrow   or   F5   Backarrow
3551                     ("Delete  single")  behind or within a combined character
3552                     will only delete the rightmost combining accent  (preced‐
3553                     ing the cursor position) while Backarrow would delete the
3554                     whole combined character.
3555                     Note:→NEW→ Configuration option  plain_BS  (command  line
3556                     option   +Bp)  switches  the  Backarrow  key  from  smart
3557                     backspacing to plain backspacing, i.e. no auto-undent and
3558                     only delete one combining character of a combined charac‐
3559                     ter.   Use  Shift-Control-Backarrow  to   perform   smart
3560                     backspacing then.
3561
3562              ·      You  can  also position the cursor as described above and
3563                     use copy-and-paste operations.
3564       Note: Ctrl-cursor-left and Ctrl-cursor-right only work  if  these  keys
3565       are  configured to emit distinguished escape sequences with Control key
3566       held down.  With xterm, this works by  default.   With  rxvt,  use  the
3567       small  keypad  cursor  keys, or enable Control on the right keypad with
3568       the sample configuration file Xdefaults.mined in the Mined runtime sup‐
3569       port  library.   With mlterm, enable this with the sample configuration
3570       file mlterm/key in the Mined runtime support  library.   Ctrl-Backarrow
3571       can  also  be  configured to work with xterm but doesn't appear to work
3572       with rxvt or mlterm, use F5 Backarrow instead.
3573
3574       Separated display and editing mode (Combining display flag `)
3575              Combined characters are separated into base character  and  com‐
3576              bining  character(s)  for display and editing. Combining charac‐
3577              ters are indicated with coloured background.
3578
3579              ·      In separated display mode, all cursor and text  modifica‐
3580                     tion operations work on the combining parts as displayed.
3581
3582       Input support: For input of Unicode combining characters,
3583              see Combining character input below.
3584
3585       Note: Unicode combining characters (according to the
3586              most recent version of Unicode known to mined) that are not han‐
3587              dled as combining characters by the terminal (which might imple‐
3588              ment  an  older version of Unicode) are always displayed like in
3589              separated display mode.
3590
3591       Note: Isolated combining characters, i.e. those
3592              appearing at a line beginning or  after  a  TAB  character,  are
3593              always displayed like in separated display mode.
3594
3595   Character information display
3596       The command ESC u displays character encoding information in the bottom
3597       status line (conforming to ISO 14755); it displays the  character  code
3598       in  the  selected  encoding (UTF-8 byte sequence in UTF-8 mode) and the
3599       ISO-10646 (Unicode) value of the current character, as well as  Unicode
3600       script  range and character category, width, and combining information.
3601       The Unicode value is displayed with 4 hexadecimal digits if the charac‐
3602       ter  is  in  the Unicode BMP (Basic Multilingual Plane, 16 bit), with 6
3603       digits if it is a Unicode character outside of the BMP, and 8 digits if
3604       it  is an ISO-10646 character outside of the Unicode range.  The infor‐
3605       mation displayed also indicates all kinds of encoding irregularities.
3606       For the Unicode data version used  for  character  properties  see  the
3607       mined change log.
3608
3609       Permanent display of character information is toggled with HOP ESC u or
3610       by selecting "Char info" in the Info menu (or  with  HOP  "Toggle  Char
3611       info" in the Options menu).
3612
3613       In the Info menu, attributes that are shown with the character informa‐
3614       tion can be selected: Unicode  script  name,  Unicode  character  name,
3615       →NEW→  Unicode named sequence, Unicode character decomposition, list of
3616       input mnemonics.  Note that Unicode  named  sequence  information  only
3617       applies  to a small number of named sequences, otherwise normal charac‐
3618       ter information is shown instead; also, it is only  shown  in  combined
3619       display mode, so normal information can be quickly toggled by switching
3620       to separated display mode (middle-click on ç flag).
3621
3622       Character information display can be selected with the +?c command line
3623       parameter  (see  parameter description for further options).  To prese‐
3624       lect continuous character information display, append +?c to the  envi‐
3625       ronment  variable  MINEDOPT  or enable option "display_charinfo" in the
3626       runtime configuration file $HOME/.minedrc.
3627
3628        Han character information display
3629       CJK-specific character information (semantic and pronuciation hints) is
3630       described below in section Han character information display.
3631
3632   Character conversion features
3633        Case conversion
3634       The  case  conversion functions (ESC C, HOP ESC C, F11, HOP F11, Shift-
3635       F3) cover the full Unicode range.  They also handle special cases  like
3636       Greek  final  sigma,  optionally  Turkish "i", case mapping to multiple
3637       characters, and Lithuanian special conditions.  Japanese characters are
3638       toggled between Hiragana and Katakana by the same functions.
3639       Shift-F3  cycles casing of a word between all small, title case (begin‐
3640       ning capital), and all capitals. It handles title casing, using Unicode
3641       title  case  characters  for the first character when appropriate.  For
3642       Japanese script, it toggles the word between Hiragana and Katakana.
3643       The case mapping is based on the most recent Unicode  version  compiled
3644       into  mined  (for  the  actual version see the mined change log and the
3645       Options menu About command).  It is applicable in all text encodings.
3646
3647        Line end type conversion
3648       In the Options menu, a submenu "Lineend type..."  offers  functions  to
3649       convert  the  line end of the current line to LF or CRLF, or to convert
3650       the line end type of all lines that do not have a special line  end  to
3651       LF or CRLF.
3652
3653        Numeric conversion
3654       Commands are available to insert characters corresponding to a hexadec‐
3655       imal character code or  hexadecimal/octal/decimal  Unicode  value  con‐
3656       tained  in  the text, to insert a respective value corresponding to the
3657       current character, or to toggle the preceding character and  its  hexa‐
3658       decimal  Unicode value (Alt-x).  For details, see the section Code con‐
3659       version in the Command reference.
3660
3661        Numeric entity (HTML/URL) conversion
3662       HTML numeric character entities (e.g. &#x40; or &#64;  for  @)  or  URL
3663       escape  notation  (e.g.  %20  for space, %C3%86 for Æ) can be converted
3664       into unescaped characters. Use one of the Mnemonic character  substitu‐
3665       tion commands (ESC _ or national variants) described below.
3666
3667        Mnemonic conversion
3668       A  character  mnemonic  at the cursor position can be replaced with its
3669       associated character. Use one of the  Mnemonic  character  substitution
3670       commands (ESC _ or national variants) described below.
3671
3672        Encoding conversion support
3673       A  special  feature  offers  interactive  conversion to or from Unicode
3674       character encoding, see Encoding conversion support in chapter  Unicode
3675       support below.
3676
3677        Unicode Copy/Paste buffer
3678       The  Copy/Paste buffer can be operated in Unicode mode in which case it
3679       converts between text edited in  different  character  encodings.   See
3680       Unicode Copy/Paste buffer conversion below.
3681
3682   Smart quotes
3683       In  Smart quotes mode, straight (double or single) quote characters «"»
3684       or «'» are automatically substituted with an opening or  closing  typo‐
3685       graphic quotation mark, depending on the text context, or an apostrophe
3686       where appropriate.  Also, an acute  accent  key  enters  a  typographic
3687       apostrophe.   →NEW→ Alt-" or Alt-' enter the respective quotation marks
3688       of the previous or standby style (see below).
3689       Quote marks style selection:
3690
3691              ·      Select the quotation marks style to be applied  from  the
3692                     Smart  Quotes selection menu (open with ESC Q or Alt-Q or
3693                     right-click on the smart quotes indication in  the  flags
3694                     area in the top screen line).
3695
3696              ·      To  toggle  between  the  current  and the previous smart
3697                     quotes style,  middle-click  or  double-click  the  smart
3698                     quotes flag or select "standby" from the menu.
3699
3700              ·      →NEW→  To  select the smart quotes style suitable for the
3701                     current locale, select "by locale" from the menu. This is
3702                     also  achieved with the configuration option smart_quotes
3703                     or the command line option -q.
3704       Quotation marks style can be preselected by either  of  the  mechanisms
3705       described below.
3706
3707       The smart quotes left/right selection algorithm considers both the text
3708       context and the state (whether an open quote was  inserted  before)  to
3709       automatically support smart quotes also in CJK text, and to try to dis‐
3710       tinguish an apostrophe from a quote mark.  →NEW→ At a  line  beginning,
3711       always  a left (opening) quotation mark is chosen, supporting the habit
3712       in some languages to repeat opening quote marks for each new  paragraph
3713       inside a quotation.
3714       French quotation marks spacing is automatically applied (using no-break
3715       space U+00A0) if French style has been selected from  the  menu  or  by
3716       locale.
3717       A typographic apostrophe can also be inserted with HOP ' (^G ') or with
3718       HOP ´ (acute accent), regardless of smart quotes mode.  In smart quotes
3719       mode,  a  typographic  apostrophe is also inserted on input of ´ (acute
3720       accent).
3721       Straight quotes or accent marks (" ' ` ´) can be inserted with mnemonic
3722       compose pairs (^V ^ " or ^V ^ ' or ^V ^ ` or ^V ^ ´, or ^V"# or ^V'# or
3723       ^V`# or ^V´# respectively).
3724       Smart quotes are applicable in all text encodings provided the  desired
3725       quote marks are contained in the selected encoding.
3726
3727       When  a  file is loaded, mined tries to determine the applicable quota‐
3728       tion marks style in two ways: With file position memory (see File info:
3729       Memory of file position and editing style parameters above), mined also
3730       remembers the last selected smart quotes mode for the  file.   If  that
3731       information  is  not  available,  mined auto-detects existing quotation
3732       marks in the file and adjusts its smart quotes  mode  accordingly.  The
3733       option -q overrides this detection.
3734
3735       →NEW→  With  command-line  option  -q  alone,  quotation marks style is
3736       derived from locale information (environment variables →NEW→  LANGUAGE,
3737       TEXTLANG,  LC_ALL,  LC_CTYPE,  LANG), or from a locale value given with
3738       the option as -q=locale.  For some languages,  two  styles  are  prede‐
3739       fined,  using  the  primary style as active smart quotes style, and the
3740       secondary or alternate style as standby style, for quick toggling  with
3741       a  middle  mouse  click  on the Quotes flag (or using the standby entry
3742       from the Quote marks menu).  The active quote marks style can  also  be
3743       derived  explicitly  from  the  locale  with the Quotes menu option "by
3744       locale".
3745       Option +q exchanges primary and alternate quotation marks  style,  set‐
3746       ting the alternate style active.
3747       Without  an  option -q, the primary locale-derived quote marks style is
3748       always set as standby style to be quickly available.
3749       Note: Language-dependent quotations marks styles are  determined  using
3750       the  compile-time  configuration  file quotes.cfg.  See Quotation Marks
3751       Styles on the mined web site for a listing.
3752       Note: Smart quotes style can also be  preselected  giving  the  desired
3753       quotation marks directly, either as command line option like -q="«»" or
3754       with the environment variable MINEDQUOTES (see under  Environment  con‐
3755       figuration  hints  below);  this  overrides both auto-detection and the
3756       preference saved with the cursor position.
3757
3758        Smart text replacements: apostrophe, smart dashes, arrows and  glottal
3759       stop
3760       If  smart  quotes  are active, some other smart input text replacements
3761       are applied to respective characters being  entered.   (Replacement  of
3762       subsequent character input sequences is suppressed during a repeat com‐
3763       mand entering multiple characters.)
3764
3765       --     if preceded by a Space character: en dash (U+2013)
3766              otherwise: em dash (U+2014)
3767
3768       -  or -TAB
3769              →NEW→ if leading a line  (only  white  space  before):  en  dash
3770              (U+2013)
3771
3772       -      →NEW→ if embedded in spaces: minus sign (U+2212)
3773
3774       -      if  an  adjacent character is in the Hebrew script range: Hebrew
3775              hyphen mark Maqaf (U+05BE)
3776
3777       <-     leftwards arrow (U+2190)
3778
3779       ->     rightwards arrow (U+2192)
3780
3781       <>     left right arrow (U+2194)
3782
3783       ´      apostrophe (U+2019 right single quotation mark)
3784
3785       `      glottal stop (U+02BB modifier letter turned comma)
3786
3787       Note: →NEW→ Mined  smartly  avoids  inappropriate  placement  of  smart
3788       replacements as well as double spaces by redundant combination of smart
3789       spaces and explicitly entered spaces, so you can seamlessly type either
3790       "bonjour"  or " bonjour " to enter « bonjour » with French quotes, or a
3791       -- b to enter an en dash although a space is initially  inserted  after
3792       it.
3793

Character input support

3795       Some  character  input  support  features support international scripts
3796       (especially with Keyboard Mapping and  Input  Methods),  others  mainly
3797       address  composite characters.  For the latter, it is useful to explain
3798       a few notions:
3799
3800       Combining character:
3801              A character (usually in Unicode) that is defined to combine with
3802              the  previous  character  into  a combined character, to be dis‐
3803              played as a single glyph (visual unit).
3804
3805       Combined character:
3806              The glyph combination of a Unicode  character  (base  character)
3807              with one or more Unicode combining characters.
3808
3809       Composed character (or composite character):
3810              A character that has one or more accents composed into it, or is
3811              otherwise composed of components, like the ae  ligature,  to  be
3812              displayed  as a single glyph. It can be a single Unicode charac‐
3813              ter or a Unicode combined character consisting of a Unicode base
3814              character and one or two Unicode combining characters.
3815
3816       Accented character (or diacritic character):
3817              A  special  case of a composite character where a letter is com‐
3818              posed with one or more accents.
3819
3820       Compose key:
3821              A number of system and keyboard vendors have equipped their key‐
3822              boards  with  a "Compose" or "Combine" key. This key - when con‐
3823              figured and interpreted properly by the operating environment  -
3824              produces a composed character which is then provided as input to
3825              the application.
3826
3827   Accented and mnemonic input support
3828       Function keys or character mnemonics can be used to enter  accented  or
3829       other  composite  characters.   (This is also known as digraph function
3830       with some editors.)
3831       These character composition functions also work on the prompt line.
3832       (Any composite character configured on your keyboard can of course also
3833       be entered directly or using the Compose/Combine key of your keyboard.)
3834
3835       Note that mnemonic input and accent prefix keys can be
3836              combined in flexible ways, e.g.
3837
3838       ^V ' Ctrl-F6 e
3839              or
3840
3841       F6 ^V e ^
3842              which both enter U+1EBF (e with circumflex and acute)
3843
3844       Mnemonic input can be applied recursively to compose a character
3845              for further composition, e.g.
3846
3847       ^V ' ^V a e
3848              enters U+01FD (æ with acute)
3849
3850       Accent prefix keys can use an already precomposed base
3851              character  for  further  composition;  if this does not match an
3852              explicitly known mnemonic,  the  base  character  is  decomposed
3853              first to find a match, e.g.
3854
3855       F6 ü   or
3856
3857       F5 ú   which both enter U+01D8 (u with diaeresis and acute)
3858
3859       Up to three accent prefix keys can be combined by entering
3860              them  in  sequence  in order to compose characters with multiple
3861              accents, e.g.
3862
3863       F5 F6 u
3864              enters U+01D8 (u with diaeresis and acute)
3865
3866       Ctrl-2 Ctrl-7 a
3867              enters U+1EB1 (a with grave and breve)
3868
3869       Ctrl-- Ctrl-: u
3870              enters U+1E7B (u with macron and diaeresis)
3871
3872       Ctrl-, Ctrl-( e
3873              enters U+1E1D (e with cedilla and breve)
3874
3875       Alt-7 Ctrl-, < alpha >
3876
3877       Alt-F6 Shift-F6 Ctrl-, < alpha >
3878
3879       Ctrl-< Ctrl-` Ctrl-, < alpha >
3880              all enter U+1F82 (alpha with psili and varia and  ypogegrammeni)
3881              where < alpha > indicates the Greek letter alpha, which may e.g.
3882              be entered by selecting the Greek input method  and  typing  the
3883              "a" key
3884
3885        Accent prefix keys
3886       General notes on using keys with Control, Shift, Alt modifiers:
3887              Especially  for accented character input, mined makes use of key
3888              combinations modified with Control, Shift, Alt, or a combination
3889              of them.  Some of these key combinations may be limited by local
3890              environment, especially the window system,  or  may  need  extra
3891              configuration to be enabled.
3892
3893              ·      Hint  on  input of Alt/Ctrl-modified function keys: These
3894                     are often intercepted by window systems for special func‐
3895                     tions.
3896
3897                     ·      Alt:  Alternatively  to using the Alt key, the ESC
3898                            key can be used as a prefix to a function  key  to
3899                            achieve  the  same  modified function, e.g. ESC F6
3900                            instead of Alt-F6.  Note, however, that  there  is
3901                            an  ESCAPE delay (default 450 ms) during which the
3902                            subsequent function key should be pressed.
3903
3904                     ·      Control: Alternatively to using the  Control  key,
3905                            Ctrl-V  can  be used as a prefix to a function key
3906                            to achieve the same modified function, e.g. Ctrl-V
3907                            F6 instead of Ctrl-F6.
3908              Specific advice:
3909
3910              Window system
3911                     suppresses
3912                     remedy
3913
3914              KDE    Ctrl-Fn, Ctrl-Shift-Fn, Alt-Fn
3915                     press  the  "Window  key"  additionally at the same time,
3916                     e.g. Window-Alt-F6 or use ESC or  Ctrl-V  prefixes,  e.g.
3917                     ESC F6 (be fast!), Ctrl-V Shift-F5
3918
3919              gnome-wm
3920                     Alt-F5
3921                     Window-Alt-F5 or ESC F5 (be fast!)
3922
3923              fvwm2  Alt-Fn
3924                     ESC Fn (be fast!)
3925
3926              Exceed Alt-Fn, Alt-Shift-Fn
3927                     ESC Fn, ESC Shift-Fn (be fast!)
3928                     or:  configure  ("Tools  -  Configuration...  -  Keyboard
3929                     Input") "Windows Modifier Behavior - Alt Key:" and select
3930                     "To X"
3931
3932              ·      Modified digit keys (e.g. Alt-2) as well as Ctrl-modified
3933                     punctuation keys (e.g. Ctrl-;) are used as  extended  and
3934                     intuitive accent prefix keys.  To enable them, either use
3935                     a recent version of xterm (216) or  configure  them  with
3936                     your terminal.
3937                     Configuration  instructions  for  older versions of xterm
3938                     and for rxvt  can  be  found  in  the  sample  file  Xde‐
3939                     faults.mined in the Mined runtime support library.
3940
3941              ·      Note: In rxvt, Ctrl-modified and shifted punctuation keys
3942                     (if enabled by configuration following  the  hint  above)
3943                     interfere  with ISO 14755 input mode of rxvt; if the fol‐
3944                     lowing key is entered twice, that mode is aborted and the
3945                     modified  punctuation  key becomes effective as an accent
3946                     prefix in mined.
3947
3948              ·      Warning: The Alt-F4 key combination should not accidently
3949                     be  hit as many window managers use it to kill the termi‐
3950                     nal window!
3951
3952       The following table lists the accent prefix keys:
3953
3954       F5     (Sun: R4/-) diaeresis (umlaut) / dialytika
3955
3956       Shift-F5
3957              (Sun: R5/÷) tilde / perispomeni
3958
3959       Ctrl-F5
3960              (Sun: R6/×) ring / cedilla / iota (ypogegrammeni)
3961
3962       Alt-F5 stroke
3963
3964       Ctrl-Shift-F5
3965              ogonek / prosgegrammeni
3966
3967       Alt-Shift-F5
3968              breve / vrachy
3969
3970       F6     (Sun: R3) acute (accent d'aigu) / tonos
3971
3972       Shift-F6
3973              (Sun: R1) grave / varia
3974
3975       Ctrl-F6
3976              (Sun: R2) circumflex / oxia
3977
3978       Alt-F6 caron / psili
3979
3980       Ctrl-Shift-F6
3981              macron / descender
3982
3983       Alt-Shift-F6
3984              dot above / dasia
3985
3986       Ctrl-1 acute
3987
3988       Ctrl-2 grave
3989
3990       Ctrl-3 hook above
3991
3992       Ctrl-4 tilde
3993
3994       Ctrl-5 dot below
3995
3996       Ctrl-6 circumflex
3997
3998       Ctrl-7 breve
3999
4000       Ctrl-8 horn
4001
4002       Ctrl-9 stroke
4003
4004       Ctrl-0 ring / cedilla
4005
4006       Alt-1  circumflex and acute
4007
4008       Alt-2  circumflex and grave
4009
4010       Alt-3  circumflex and hook above
4011
4012       Alt-4  circumflex and tilde
4013
4014       Alt-5  circumflex and dot below
4015
4016       Ctrl-Alt-1
4017              breve/horn and acute (composes  following  A/a  with  breve  and
4018              acute, or following O/o or U/u with horn and acute)
4019
4020       Ctrl-Alt-2
4021              breve/horn and grave
4022
4023       Ctrl-Alt-3
4024              breve/horn and hook above
4025
4026       Ctrl-Alt-4
4027              breve/horn and tilde
4028
4029       Ctrl-Alt-5
4030              breve/horn and dot below
4031
4032       Alt-6  psili and oxia
4033
4034       Ctrl-Alt-6
4035              dasia and oxia
4036
4037       Alt-7  psili and varia
4038
4039       Ctrl-Alt-7
4040              dasia and varia
4041
4042       Alt-8  psili and perispomeni
4043
4044       Ctrl-Alt-8
4045              dasia and perispomeni
4046
4047       Ctrl-' (Ctrl-apostrophe) acute (d'aigu) / tonos
4048
4049       Ctrl-´ (Ctrl-acute) acute (d'aigu) / oxia
4050
4051       Ctrl-` (Ctrl-grave) grave / varia
4052
4053       Ctrl-^ circumflex / oxia
4054
4055       Ctrl-~ tilde / perispomeni / titlo
4056
4057       Ctrl-: diaeresis (umlaut) / dialytika
4058
4059       Ctrl-" diaeresis (umlaut) / dialytika
4060
4061       Ctrl-, cedilla / ring / iota (ypogegrammeni)
4062
4063       Ctrl-/ stroke
4064
4065       Ctrl-- (Ctrl-minus) macron / descender
4066
4067       Ctrl-< caron / psili
4068
4069       Ctrl-. dot above / dasia (with i or j: dotless)
4070
4071       Ctrl-( breve / vrachy
4072
4073       Ctrl-; ogonek / prosgegrammeni / tail / tick / upturn
4074
4075       Ctrl-) inverted breve
4076
4077       Ctrl-& hook
4078
4079       Ctrl-- Ctrl-&
4080              middle hook
4081
4082       Note:  If  your keyboard assignment provides its own accent prefix keys
4083       ("dead keys"), pressing the key twice usually delivers the  correspond‐
4084       ing  spacing  character  which can then be used for the extended accent
4085       prefix functionality of mined; e.g. hold Control, then press  ´  (acute
4086       key) twice, to invoke the acute/oxia prefix function of mined.
4087
4088       Note: For combining multiple accents, in most
4089              cases  their  order does not matter. As an exception, to combine
4090              dot above and macron, enter prefix keys  in  this  order,  as  s
4091              macron and dot above will be interpreted as dot below.
4092
4093       dot macron
4094              e.g. Ctrl-. Ctrl-- dot above and macron (on A or O)
4095
4096       macron dot
4097              e.g. Ctrl-- Ctrl-.  dot below
4098
4099       Note: For the sake of accepting Ctrl--
4100              intuitively  both  as  an accent prefix for macron as well as an
4101              accent modifier to place an accent below a  letter,  the  macron
4102              accent  prefix  combined  with another accent prefix key is also
4103              interpreted as applying that accent below. As  a  workaround  to
4104              ambiguous  cases,  it  has  to be applied twice with diaeris for
4105              diaeresis below (U), and three times for line below.
4106
4107       macron macron diaeresis
4108              e.g. Ctrl-- Ctrl-- Ctrl-: diaeresis below
4109
4110       macron diaeresis
4111              e.g. Ctrl-- Ctrl-: macron and diaeresis
4112
4113       diaeresis macron
4114              e.g. Ctrl-: Ctrl-- diaeresis and macron
4115
4116       macron macron macron
4117              e.g. Ctrl-- Ctrl-- Ctrl-- line below
4118
4119       Note: Some accent prefix keys, when applied twice in
4120              sequence, are mapped to a single accent as follows:
4121
4122       acute acute
4123              e.g. F6 F6 double acute accent
4124
4125       grave grave
4126              e.g. Shift-F6 Shift-F6 double grave accent
4127
4128       macron macron
4129              e.g. Ctrl-- Ctrl-- bar/topbar
4130
4131       cedilla cedilla
4132              e.g. Ctrl-, Ctrl-, psili/comma below
4133
4134   Combining character input
4135       Unicode combining characters can be entered
4136              by applying accent prefix keys to the Tab key. They will be vis‐
4137              ually  combined  with the previous character by rules of Unicode
4138              (and by terminal implementation). Examples:
4139
4140       Ctrl-, Tab
4141              combining cedilla
4142
4143       F6 F6 Tab
4144              combining double acute accent
4145
4146   Special character input shortcuts
4147       Typographic quotation marks can be entered
4148              by applying accent prefix keys to the space key as  follows,  or
4149              using  certain  input  mnemonics  or  shifted  combinations (see
4150              below):
4151
4152       (twice) grave space
4153              (double) left quotation mark
4154
4155       (twice) acute space
4156              (double) right quotation mark
4157
4158       acute space
4159              e.g. F6 space or Ctrl-' space also serves  for  input  of  typo‐
4160              graphic apostrophe (or HOP ')
4161
4162       (twice) cedilla space
4163              (double) low-9 quotation mark
4164
4165       (twice) dot above space
4166              (double) high-reversed-9 quotation mark
4167
4168       ^V < < or ^V > >
4169              double angle quotation marks « »
4170
4171       ^V < space or ^V > space
4172              single angle quotation marks
4173
4174       " or ' outer or inner quotation mark of selected quote marks style
4175
4176       Alt-" or Alt-'
4177              →NEW→  outer  or  inner quotation mark of previous/standby quote
4178              marks style
4179
4180       Some characters are specifically mapped to special key
4181              combinations or specific applications of accent prefix keys  for
4182              convenience or for Windows compatibility:
4183
4184       Ctrl-Shift-space
4185              no-break space (U+00A0)
4186
4187       Ctrl-@ a/A
4188              å/Å
4189
4190       Ctrl-& a/A
4191              æ/Æ
4192
4193       Ctrl-& o/O
4194              oe/OE ligature
4195
4196       Ctrl-& s
4197              ß
4198
4199       Ctrl-? ¿
4200
4201       Ctrl-! ¡
4202
4203       As  with modified keys in general, these shortcuts may depend on proper
4204       terminal configuration according to the sample files in the Mined  run‐
4205       time support library.
4206
4207   Line ends
4208       Key combinations are available to enter specific kinds of line ends
4209              (works in xterm and mintty):
4210
4211       Ctrl-Alt-Enter
4212              DOS or Unix line end (if editing Unix or DOS file, respectively)
4213
4214       Ctrl-Shift-Alt-Enter
4215              Mac line end
4216
4217       Ctrl-Enter
4218              Unicode line separator (if editing Unicode text)
4219
4220       Shift-Enter or HOP Enter
4221              Unicode paragraph separator (if editing Unicode text)
4222
4223       →NEW→ Control-Shift-Enter
4224              ISO 8859 Next Line (if editing Unicode or ISO 8859 text)
4225
4226       Also, the line end type of a line can be changed from a submenu
4227              of the Options menu.
4228
4229   Character input mnemonics
4230       The  enter-control-code  prefix  (^V  by  default, ^Q in emacs keyboard
4231       mode, ^_ in Windows and pico keyboard modes, ^P  in  WordStar  keyboard
4232       mode)  can  be  used  for  mnemonic character composition.  This covers
4233       accented characters  and  other  mnemonics.   The  available  mnemonics
4234       include RFC1345 mnemonics (extended to provide generic accent mnemonics
4235       for Unicode characters), mnemonics known from HTML and TeX, →NEW→ groff
4236       glyphs  (roff  special characters), and useful supplementary mnemonics.
4237       See Character Mnemos reference on the mined web site for a listing.
4238       Supplementary character mnemonics are consistent with  generic  RFC1345
4239       mnemonics; scripts covered are Latin, Greek, Cyrillic.
4240
4241       For  accent  compositions, mnemonic patterns (generic accent mnemonics)
4242       are listed in the following table; the respective letter to  place  the
4243       accent(s) on is indicated with an "x" below.
4244
4245       For Greek and Cyrillic accented characters, mnemonics combining accents
4246       with Greek or Cyrillic base characters are generated automatically from
4247       the UnicodeData.txt database.
4248       Greek and Cyrillic accent prefix keys reuse those for Latin accents and
4249       are listed in the sections on Greek and Cyrillic  script  support  (see
4250       Language support).
4251
4252       generic mnemonic
4253              accent placed on the base character ("x")
4254
4255       x: or "x
4256              diaeresis (umlaut)
4257
4258       x' or ´x
4259              acute (accent d'aigu)
4260
4261       x! or `x
4262              grave
4263
4264       x> or ^x
4265              circumflex
4266
4267       x? or ~x
4268              tilde
4269
4270       x0 or °x
4271              ring above
4272
4273       x,     cedilla
4274
4275       x-     macron
4276
4277       x(     breve
4278
4279       x.     dot above / middle dot
4280
4281       x_ or _x
4282              line below
4283
4284       x/     stroke
4285
4286       x" or x''
4287              double acute
4288
4289       x;     ogonek
4290
4291       x<     caron
4292
4293       x2     hook above
4294
4295       x9     horn
4296
4297       x-> or >x
4298              circumflex below
4299
4300       x-. or .x
4301              dot below
4302
4303       x--. or .x-
4304              dot below and macron
4305
4306       x.-. or .x.
4307              dot below and dot above
4308
4309       x7 or x.-
4310              dot above and macron
4311
4312       x~- or x?-
4313              tilde and macron
4314
4315       x;-    ogonek and macron
4316
4317       x:-    diaeresis and macron
4318
4319       x-:    macron and diaeresis
4320
4321       x-'    macron and acute
4322
4323       x-!    macron and grave
4324
4325       -x or x--
4326              topbar
4327
4328       --x or x--
4329              bar
4330
4331       ,x or x-,
4332              comma below / left hook
4333
4334       x# or x!!
4335              double grave
4336
4337       x)     inverted breve
4338
4339       x&     hook
4340
4341       %x     retroflex hook
4342
4343       x,,    palatal hook
4344
4345       x~~    middle tilde
4346
4347       x}     curl
4348
4349       x-? or ?x
4350              tilde below
4351
4352       x--: or :x
4353              diaeresis below
4354
4355       x-0 or ox
4356              ring below
4357
4358       x-( or (x
4359              breve below
4360
4361       x(-. or .x(
4362              breve and dot below
4363
4364       x>-. or .x>
4365              circumflex and dot below
4366
4367       x9-. or .x9
4368              horn and dot below
4369
4370       x'.    acute and dot above
4371
4372       x('    breve and acute
4373
4374       x(!    breve and grave
4375
4376       x(2    breve and hook above
4377
4378       x(?    breve and tilde
4379
4380       x<.    caron and dot above
4381
4382       x,'    cedilla and acute
4383
4384       x,(    cedilla and breve
4385
4386       x>'    circumflex and acute
4387
4388       x>!    circumflex and grave
4389
4390       x>2    circumflex and hook above
4391
4392       x>?    circumflex and tilde
4393
4394       x:'    diaeresis and acute
4395
4396       x:<    diaeresis and caron
4397
4398       x:!    diaeresis and grave
4399
4400       x9'    horn and acute
4401
4402       x9!    horn and grave
4403
4404       x92    horn and hook above
4405
4406       x9?    horn and tilde
4407
4408       x0'    ring above and acute
4409
4410       x/'    stroke and acute
4411
4412       x?'    tilde and acute
4413
4414       x?:    tilde and diaeresis
4415
4416       See  also  the  description  of  the  ^V  function below for more input
4417       options.
4418       Two-letter mnemonics can also be entered in reverse order  if  this  is
4419       unambiguous.   Detection of reverse order mnemomics (two letters or one
4420       letter and multiple accents) as well as the generic accent mnemonics  "
4421       ^  `  ~  ¨  ¯  ´  ¸  ° works with both short mnemonic entry (two-letter
4422       "^Vxy") and full mnemonic entry ("^V xy... ").
4423
4424       Mnemonic character substitution commands (ESC _ and national  variants)
4425       replace characters at the cursor position with the respective character
4426       described by them.  The following substitute descriptions are detected:
4427
4428              ·      Two-character mnemonic
4429
4430              ·      HTML character mnemonic
4431
4432              ·      HTML numeric character entity
4433
4434              ·      URL escape notation (bytewise  hexadecimal  with  %  pre‐
4435                     fixes)
4436
4437   Keyboard Mapping and Input Methods
4438       Mined supports optional keyboard mapping which is especially useful for
4439       Unicode or CJK editing.  When a keyboard  mapping  is  selected,  input
4440       characters   or  sequences  are  transformed  to  other  characters  or
4441       sequences, typically of a certain Unicode script range.
4442       Keyboard mappings for Greek, Cyrillic, Hebrew, Arabic,  and  major  CJK
4443       input  methods  are  preconfigured (they have been ordered in the Input
4444       Method menu according to the order of their respective basic ranges  in
4445       the  Unicode character set, or to the order of the letters of the usual
4446       abbreviation CJKV for East Asian text processing -  Chinese,  Japanese,
4447       Korean,  Vietnamese).  The  Radical/Stroke  input method provides addi‐
4448       tional functionality as a special case.
4449       Mined provides compile-time configuration of additional input  methods;
4450       for  this  aim,  further  mappings  can  be generated using the mkkbmap
4451       script (from tables in various formats as used by other editors or sup‐
4452       plied  by  the m17n multilingualization package) and then compiled into
4453       mined.  See Mined configuration below for details.
4454
4455       Keyboard mapping works as follows: You enter a  key  sequence  that  is
4456       mapped  to a character sequence in the selected keyboard mapping table.
4457       The transformed character sequence is used as input.
4458       As some typical keyboard mappings contain ambigous key sequences  where
4459       one may be a prefix of another, a short delay is applied in these cases
4460       to allow recognition of any such sequence to be mapped. After  a  time‐
4461       out,  the  shorter  sequence already matching will be used; the timeout
4462       can be cut short by typing a Space key, the Space character itself will
4463       then  be  discarded. (The timeout value is 900 ms by default and can be
4464       configured with the environment variable MAPDELAY.)
4465
4466        Pick lists
4467       Some keyboard mappings, especially for CJK input methods, contain  mul‐
4468       tiple  choice  mappings.  In these cases, a selection menu is displayed
4469       that offers a "pick list" to select a character from. A  character  can
4470       be  picked  with  a mouse click, or by navigation to the desired choice
4471       with the cursor keys (down/up, right/left, page down/up) or the '<'/'>'
4472       keys  ,  or by just selecting the menu row first (cursor-up/down), then
4473       typing a digit 1-9 or 0 to select the numbered character.
4474       The Space key can be configured to either navigate to the next  choice,
4475       the  next  row, or to select the current choice; see option -K.  If the
4476       pick list is too large to fit on the screen, the menu  will  be  scrol‐
4477       lable or pageable (using cursor keys).
4478
4479       While  navigating through the pick list, the line and the selected item
4480       in the line are highlighted accordingly; if the current item is  a  CJK
4481       character,  also  its character information (description and optionally
4482       pronunciations as configured with the Han info option of the '?' infor‐
4483       mation  flag  menu)  is  displayed on the status line. If the item is a
4484       word comprising multiple CJK characters, the information for  only  the
4485       first  of  them is shown. The available information is derived from the
4486       Unihan database.
4487
4488       Keyboard mapping data are based on Unicode. So in CJK  text  mode,  the
4489       selection  menu (the pick list) may contain symbols that are not mapped
4490       to the active CJK text encoding. In a UTF-8 terminal, these will  still
4491       be displayed but cannot be inserted. In a CJK terminal, some characters
4492       may not be displayed; an empty entry is shown instead. (In  a  non-Uni‐
4493       code,  when  editing  text  in  a different encoding, there may even be
4494       characters that cannot be displayed in the selection menu  but  can  be
4495       inserted.)
4496
4497        Input method selection
4498       An active and a standby input method (keyboard mapping) are maintained.
4499       They can be toggled quickly for text input, also on the prompt line.
4500       The current mapping is indicated as the Input Method flag by  its  two-
4501       letter  script  tag  in  the  flags area, showing "--" if no mapping is
4502       active.
4503
4504       The active mapping can be selected in the following ways:
4505
4506       ESC k or Alt-k or Ctrl-Alt-F12 or left click on Input Method flag
4507              toggles  between  current  (active)  and   previously   selected
4508              (standby) input method (keyboard mapping)
4509              (Alt- toggle functions also work on prompt line)
4510
4511       HOP ESC k (or HOP Alt-k)
4512              clears  input  method,  i.e.  resets  keyboard  mapping  to none
4513              (unmapped input)
4514
4515       ESC I or Alt-I or ESC K or Alt-K or Ctrl-F12
4516              opens the Input Method (Keyboard Mapping) selection menu
4517              (Alt-I or Alt-K or Ctrl-F12 also work on prompt line)
4518
4519       right click on Input Method flag
4520              opens the Input Method selection menu
4521
4522       HOP ESC K or HOP Alt-K
4523              cycles through available input methods / keyboard mappings
4524
4525            If file position memory is enabled (see File info: Memory of  file
4526       position  and editing style parameters above), mined also remembers the
4527       last selected input method for the file.
4528
4529       Note: For preselecting the active or standby input method  by  environ‐
4530       ment  configuration, see about usage of the environment variable MINED‐
4531       KEYMAP below.
4532
4533       Note: Keyboard mapping is implicitly suppressed temporarily where it is
4534       not useful: during mnemonic character input, HTML marker input, command
4535       letter entry, help selection, yes/no prompting.
4536

Character encoding support

4538       A character  encoding  for  interpretation  and  handling  of  text  is
4539       selected in one of the following ways:
4540
4541              ·      Interactively  from  the  Encoding  Menu (one of the flag
4542                     menus), the encoding interpretation can be changed  while
4543                     editing; to open it, click with the right mouse button on
4544                     the encoding indication in the  flags  area  of  the  top
4545                     line,  or type Alt-E.  See also Quick Options (Mode indi‐
4546                     cation) flags for an overview.   To  toggle  between  the
4547                     current  and  the previously selected encoding, click the
4548                     Encoding flag with the left mouse button.
4549
4550              ·      Explicitly with a command line option -E...  with a  num‐
4551                     ber  of options to specify the desired text encoding (see
4552                     the encoding command line options above).
4553
4554              ·      By auto-detection (heuristic counting of valid  character
4555                     codes).  Note: The encodings to be taken into account for
4556                     auto-detection can be  configured  with  the  MINEDDETECT
4557                     environment  variable. Set it to the desired list of sin‐
4558                     gle-letter encoding indications to disable auto-detection
4559                     of  other encodings.  Recognised encoding indications are
4560                     mentioned in the list of  auto-detected  encodings  below
4561                     (they  are the same as used with the -E parameter); UTF-8
4562                     auto-detection cannot be disabled this way.
4563
4564              ·      By either environment variable →NEW→ LANGUAGE or TEXTLANG
4565                     (see  Locale configuration), which overrides other locale
4566                     variable settings for the purpose of text encoding  with‐
4567                     out affecting them otherwise.
4568
4569              ·      By checking the locale environment (see Locale configura‐
4570                     tion).
4571
4572   Auto-detected character encodings
4573       The following encodings are auto-detected unless overridden with  a  -E
4574       command  line option (or -l or -u); the preceding one-letter tag can be
4575       used for auto-detection configuration  with  the  environment  variable
4576       MINEDDETECT:
4577
4578       -      UTF-8
4579
4580       -      UTF-16 encoding (big or little endian) with or without BOM (byte
4581              order marker)
4582
4583       8      any 8 bit encoding; this is auto-detected in a generic way;  the
4584              actual 8 bit encoding assumed corresponds to the terminal encod‐
4585              ing if it is an 8 bit terminal; otherwise, Latin-1  is  assumed;
4586              using  "8"  in the environment variable MINEDDETECT excludes all
4587              CJK encodings from auto-detection (but not UTF-8), and adds  all
4588              8 bit encodings that are not included by default
4589
4590       L      Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1)
4591
4592       W      Windows Western ("ANSI", CP1252)
4593
4594       P      PC Latin-1 (CP850)
4595
4596       M      MacRoman
4597
4598       -      CJK  encoding (with unspecified mapping) is pre-auto-detected in
4599              a generic way; usually the actual CJK  encoding  is  determined,
4600              too
4601
4602       G      GB18030 (including CP936)
4603
4604       B      Big5 (including CP950)
4605
4606       J      EUC-JP
4607
4608       X      →NEW→ EUC-JIS-2004 / EUC-JIS X 0213
4609
4610       S      Shift_JIS / CP932
4611
4612       x      →NEW→ Shift_JIS-2004 / Shift_JIS X 0213
4613
4614       K      UHC / CP949 (including EUC-KR)
4615
4616       V      VISCII
4617
4618       Note: For new files, the text encoding is derived from the locale envi‐
4619       ronment.  →NEW→ With command line option -E- or  -E  auto-detection  is
4620       disabled  and  text encoding is always derived from the locale environ‐
4621       ment.
4622
4623   CJK and mapped 8 bit encoding support
4624       Mined supports major CJK encodings as well as mapped  8  bit  encodings
4625       ("character sets").  Mined has built-in support for a large number of 8
4626       bit encodings which appear to be in use or unique  for  a  region.  The
4627       Encoding  menu  has  been structured with submenus to provide a concise
4628       menu selection feature.
4629
4630   →NEW→
4631       EBCDIC support  Mined  supports  EBCDIC  encoded  files  (transparently
4632       transforming  them  for  internal  handling)  in the "bracket" codepage
4633       CP1047 as used by the UNIX System Services (USS) on IBM  z/OS.   CP1047
4634       is  selected  with command line option -E=cp1047 or -E.EBCDIC or -E:47.
4635       The character encoding flag indicates EBCDIC with "47".
4636       New files in EBCDIC encoding will by default use Next Line as line sep‐
4637       arators; add option -r to prefer LF.
4638       New  lines can be added selecting LF or NL lineend type explicitly with
4639       Ctrl-Enter or Shift-Enter.
4640
4641   Combining characters
4642       In all character encodings handled  by  mined  that  contain  combining
4643       characters,  mined  handles  them  and  provides partial editing and an
4644       optional separated display mode as described above in section   Combin‐
4645       ing   characters.   (CJK  encodings  EUC-JIS-2004,  Shift_JIS-2004  and
4646       GB18030, Vietnamese TCVN and Windows Vietnamese (CP1258), Thai TIS-620,
4647       ISO  Arabic, Mac Arabic, DOS Arabic, ISO Hebrew, Windows Hebrew).  Han‐
4648       dling of combining text characters is properly coordinated with the set
4649       of combining characters supported by the terminal.
4650
4651       For Japanese X 0213 encodings, the character codes that map to two Uni‐
4652       code characters are supported.
4653
4654   Character code related commands
4655       The command ESC u displays character encoding information in the bottom
4656       status  line  (conforming  to  ISO  14755); this includes the character
4657       code, the mapped Unicode character value,  and  optionally  script  and
4658       character category information, character and named sequence name, com‐
4659       bining and Unicode decomposition information, and mined mnemonic  input
4660       information,  as configured in the Info menu.  For CJK characters, also
4661       Han pronunciation and description information is available.  See  Char‐
4662       acter information display for details.
4663       With HOP ESC u, permanent display is toggled.
4664
4665       Other commands insert the code of the current character, insert a char‐
4666       acter taking its character code or Unicode value from the text, or tog‐
4667       gle  the preceding character and its hexadecimal Unicode value (Alt-x).
4668       For details, see Code conversion in the Command reference.
4669
4670   Terminal environment for CJK encoding support
4671       Mined supports handling of CJK text encoding in any terminal (see  Ter‐
4672       minal encoding support below).  However, proper display of a wide range
4673       of CJK characters can obviously only work in either a Unicode  terminal
4674       (recommended)  or  in a native CJK terminal that runs the same encoding
4675       as the selected text encoding.
4676
4677       CJK terminals: For terminals that support native  CJK  encodings  (e.g.
4678       cxterm,  kterm, hanterm), the terminal encoding assumed by mined can be
4679       specified with a command line option or by proper locale indication  in
4680       one  of the environment variables LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE or LANG.  For avail‐
4681       able encodings, see Quick Options (Mode indication) flags.   For  usage
4682       of the +E options, see the description of the Terminal encoding options
4683       above.  For usage of the locale environment variables, see Locale  con‐
4684       figuration.
4685
4686       Note:  In native CJK terminals, it is often troublesome to find a work‐
4687       ing encoding configuration and font setup, and the  locale  environment
4688       is  not  automatically  set  by the terminals.  A collection of wrapper
4689       scripts is available ( http://towo.net/mined/terminals.tar.gz) to  help
4690       with  this  setup problem and demonstrate the invocation of a number of
4691       different CJK and 8 bit encoded terminal windows, along with  selection
4692       of suitable fonts and proper locale environment setting.
4693
4694       Note:  Native CJK terminals have a different assumption of the range of
4695       character codes supported in an encoding family, e.g. Big5 / Big5  with
4696       HKSCS, GB2312 / GBK / GB18030, EUC-KR / UHC, EUC-JP without/with 3 byte
4697       codes.  For compact handling, mined always assumes the largest superset
4698       of  these  encoding  families.  It does, however, have some features to
4699       prevent display garbage in  most  cases  when  a  terminal  supports  a
4700       smaller character set: By default, mined does not display the following
4701       CJK character codes in a native CJK terminal, i.e. it displays  a  sub‐
4702       stitute indication for them (see CJK character display above):
4703
4704              ·      Unknown  characters:  CJK characters that have no defined
4705                     mapping to a valid Unicode character.  Use the +C  option
4706                     to  override  this display suppression and enforce trans‐
4707                     parent display of unknown characters in a CJK terminal.
4708
4709              ·      Invalid characters: CJK characters that do not match  the
4710                     encoding  scheme  (e.g. wrt. to specified byte ranges) of
4711                     the selected encoding.  Use the +CC  option  to  override
4712                     this  display suppression and enforce transparent display
4713                     of invalid character codes in a CJK terminal.
4714
4715              ·      Extended characters: CJK characters encoded with 3  or  4
4716                     bytes.  Use the +CCC option to override this display sup‐
4717                     pression and  enforce  transparent  display  of  extended
4718                     character codes in a CJK terminal.
4719
4720       Regardless of all these features and options, it may not always be pos‐
4721       sible to prevent display garbage, especially if the font  used  by  the
4722       terminal  does  not  cover  the needed character range.  To avoid these
4723       problems in general, it is recommended to use a  Unicode  terminal  for
4724       editing CJK encoded files.
4725
4726       See also Terminal interworking problems for special hints about certain
4727       terminals.
4728
4729   VT100 special graphics character set display support
4730       →NEW→ Mined can display and edit files containing codes for VT100  line
4731       drawing  graphics  characters,  showing  corresponding small letters as
4732       their respective graphic symbol.  This option can be toggled  from  the
4733       Options menu and will be cleared also on an explicit screen redraw com‐
4734       mand (ESC .).
4735

Unicode support

4737   Introduction: handling Unicode encodings
4738       Mined interprets UTF-8 which is a multi-byte character encoding of  the
4739       ISO-10646  character set, part of which is also known as Unicode.  When
4740       reading a file, it detects UTF-8 encoding automatically  (unless  over‐
4741       ridden  by  explicitly  selecting  a  text encoding with a command line
4742       option -u or -l or -E...).  It can also  edit  UTF-16  encoded  Unicode
4743       files  (UTF-16  can  represent  the  complete  21 bit Unicode subset of
4744       ISO-10646).  UTF-16 big or little endian  with  or  without  BOM  (byte
4745       order  mark U+FEFF) is auto-detected or can be selected with a command-
4746       line option (see notes under Locale configuration below).
4747       UTF-16 is maintained transparently, i.e. a UTF-16 encoded file is writ‐
4748       ten  back  in  UTF-16, and if it was beginning with a BOM this is main‐
4749       tained.  No explicit UTF-16 entry exists, however, in the Encoding menu
4750       since  the  text is internally handled in UTF-8. However, the character
4751       encoding flag indicates UTF-16 file  encoding  with  either  "16"  (big
4752       endian) or "61" (little endian).
4753
4754   UTF-8 internal representation, transparent handling of other text
4755       Mined  handles UTF-8 representation internally and also edits and keeps
4756       illegal UTF-8 sequences. This way, if you happen to open a  Latin-1  or
4757       CJK  or  any other encoded file in UTF-8 mode, or switch encoding while
4758       editing, or edit a file with mixed  encoding,  the  text  contents  can
4759       still be edited and you will not loose any file contents information.
4760
4761   Character encoding indication
4762       The  upper-right  flags  area has a character encoding indication which
4763       shows "U8" if UTF-8 text interpretation is selected. For  Latin-1  text
4764       interpretation  "L1" is shown, for others see Quick Options (Mode indi‐
4765       cation) flags.  You may click on the indication flag to toggle  between
4766       the current and the previous selected encoding.
4767
4768   Character information display
4769       The  Character  information  display  command ESC u is described above;
4770       character information display can also be  preselected  by  environment
4771       configuration.   In  UTF-8  mode,  information shown includes the UTF-8
4772       encoding byte sequence.
4773
4774   Character input support
4775       With ^V, mined's special character input support is invoked (both while
4776       editing  text  and  entering  text on the prompt line, e.g. as a search
4777       expression).  With this feature, (in addition to plain control  charac‐
4778       ters) a composite character can be entered by its accent combination or
4779       other mnemonic character description; a more-than-two letter  character
4780       mnemonics would be embedded in space characters after the ^V.  In addi‐
4781       tion, numeric character codes or values can  be  entered  with  leading
4782       ^V#,  octal/decimal  with ^V##/^V#=, Unicode with optional u/U/+.  (For
4783       examples, see description of the  ^V  function  below.)   With  numeric
4784       character  input,  mined  supports  successive multiple character entry
4785       according to ISO 14755; if the numeric code is terminated  by  a  Space
4786       key,  another  numeric  character can be entered subsequently; an Enter
4787       key terminates numeric character input.
4788
4789       See also the generic section Character input support  above  for  input
4790       support for accented characters and keyboard mapping.
4791
4792   Encoding conversion support
4793       Two   functions   support  interactive  character  encoding  conversion
4794       (Latin-1 to UTF-8 or UTF-8 to current encoding) to partially fix  files
4795       with mixed encoding.  In either text encoding mode, the search function
4796       looks for characters encoded in UTF-8 (when not editing in UTF-8  mode)
4797       or  not  (when editing in UTF-8 mode); the command is HOP ESC ( or Alt-
4798       F11 .  Then, convert the character with ESC _ or its  national  variant
4799       (see  mnemonic  character  substitution  commands in the Command refer‐
4800       ence).
4801       For repeated interactive conversion, both  functions  can  be  combined
4802       into Alt-Shift-F11 (convert current character, then search next).
4803
4804        Unicode Copy/Paste buffer conversion
4805       For the Copy/Paste buffer, Unicode mode can be selected which maintains
4806       its contents always in  Unicode,  so  that  Copy/Paste  of  text  works
4807       between  differently  encoded files (or sections of a file, if encoding
4808       is switched while editing) with automatic  character  code  conversion.
4809       This mode is only effective while editing with non-Unicode encoded text
4810       interpretation.
4811       Select this mode with the command line option -Eu or in the Paste  buf‐
4812       fer  menu  (righ-click  on  the Buffer mode flag "=" or "+") and select
4813       "Unicode".
4814       Unicode buffer mode is indicated by cyan background of the Paste buffer
4815       flag (then "=" or "+"), except in Unicode text mode.
4816
4817   Smart quotes and dashes
4818       If  smart  quotes  mode is enabled (see the Quotes style menu under the
4819       Quotes flag left to the Encoding flag and menu), quote mark  keys  will
4820       enter  typographic  smart quotes instead. Smart dashes also apply.  See
4821       Smart quotes above for more details.
4822
4823   Bidirectional terminal support
4824       A bidirectional terminal (such as mlterm) will probably also apply Ara‐
4825       bic  LAM/ALEF  ligature  joining.  Mined  auto-detects this feature and
4826       enables bidi terminal handling automatically.  Otherwise, bidi terminal
4827       handling can be configured with the option +UU.
4828       In  this  mode, when displaying a menu, underlying text lines that con‐
4829       tain right-to-left characters are cleared first  in  order  to  prevent
4830       display  confusion  between  the terminal's bidi algorithm and the menu
4831       position.
4832       Also, with bidi terminal handling enabled, mined assumes that the  ter‐
4833       minal  applies  Arabic  LAM/ALEF ligature joining and properly accounts
4834       for this feature in display position handling.
4835       In separated display mode, the joining part of the  ligature  is  indi‐
4836       cated similar to the handling of combining characters.
4837
4838   Input support for right-to-left scripts ("poor man's bidi" mode)
4839       This  support feature for input of right-to-left text pieces is enabled
4840       by default unless the terminal is detected to be in  bidi  mode  itself
4841       (e.g. mlterm).
4842       "Poor  man's bidi" mode is suitable to insert small pieces of right-to-
4843       left text (words, phrases) within left-to-right text, it stores  right-
4844       to-left text in visual order (see below) and works as follows:
4845       After  entering  a right-to-left Unicode character, the cursor position
4846       is moved left of it, so subsequent characters will be appended left and
4847       the  text  shifted  right.  Characters are stored in visual order while
4848       input support is implicit, based on the characters being typed.  Enter‐
4849       ing a left-to-right character will automatically skip behind the previ‐
4850       ously entered right-to-left text on the line  and  switch  to  left-to-
4851       right  direction;  this  behaviour  optimizes inserting small pieces of
4852       right-to-left text into basically left-to-right text; this priority  is
4853       justified  by the assumption that this mode (with visual storing order)
4854       is only useful for inserting small right-to-left quotations into  left-
4855       to-right text and not for editing right-to-left documents (which should
4856       be stored in logical order).
4857       Newline, Space, Tab, and combining characters attempt  to  behave  well
4858       according  to  what  was  entered  before; however, intermediate cursor
4859       movement is not considered.
4860       Note: For proper support of right-to-left text editing stored in  logi‐
4861       cal  order,  please  use  mined  in  a  right-to-left terminal (mintty,
4862       mlterm). Adding a feature for advanced bidi support in all terminals is
4863       being considered.
4864       Note: Poor man's bidi mode also works in non-Unicode text encodings.
4865       Note:  Poor man's bidi mode is similar to the "revins" (reverse insert)
4866       option of vim.
4867
4868   Unicode line ends
4869       Mined detects and handles Unicode line separators and paragraph separa‐
4870       tors  (unless  disabled with +u-u).  They are displayed as shown above.
4871       Interpretation of these characters as line ends is disabled if  a  file
4872       is  explicitly  opened  in non-Unicode encoding (but not if non-Unicode
4873       encoding is just auto-detected).
4874       If editing Unicode text, HOP Enter will insert a Unicode paragraph sep‐
4875       arator, Enter in a line that already has a Unicode line end will insert
4876       a Unicode line separator.  Also, the  keys  Shift-Enter  or  Ctrl-Enter
4877       insert a paragraph separator or line separator respectively.
4878       Configuration:  In  order  to  enable  shift and control with the Enter
4879       keys, xterm or rxvt must be configured as shown in the example configu‐
4880       ration file Xdefaults.mined in the Mined runtime support library.
4881
4882   Unicode display
4883       In  UTF-8  terminal mode, mined displays all Unicode characters if they
4884       are contained in the font used by the terminal.  Fonts usually  have  a
4885       substitute  glyph  to  indicate  characters  not contained in the font.
4886       Wide characters (double-width glyphs) are displayed in  a  double-width
4887       character  cell  of  the  terminal.  Combining characters are displayed
4888       either combined or separated (see Combining characters below).
4889
4890       Illegal UTF-8 sequences  are  displayed  with  highlighted  background,
4891       using  the  following  indications.   Furthermore,  control  characters
4892       encoded as a UTF-8 sequence and control characters in  the  "C1"  range
4893       (values 0x80..0x9F) will be displayed similar to normal control charac‐
4894       ters but with coloured highlighting.
4895
4896       8      for an unexpected UTF-8 continuation byte (range 80-BF)
4897
4898       4      for a 0xFE (254) byte
4899
4900       5      for a 0xFF (255) byte
4901
4902       «      for a too short UTF-8 sequence  if  followed  by  a  single-byte
4903              character (00..7F)
4904
4905       »      for a too short UTF-8 sequence if followed by a multi-byte char‐
4906              acter (C0..FF)
4907
4908       Illegal or non-Unicode characters  are  indicated  with  the  following
4909       replacements:
4910
4911       �      (or ? or []) a character code ending with FFFE or FFFF (override
4912              substitution for transparent display with +C)
4913
4914       �      (or ? or []) a surrogate code point (override  substitution  for
4915              transparent display with +CC)
4916
4917       �      (or  ?  or  [])  a  code point outside the defined Unicode range
4918              (override substitution for transparent display with +CCC)
4919
4920   Character substitution display
4921       Legal characters (in the effective text encoding) that cannot  be  dis‐
4922       played  in  a  non-Unicode  terminal  are  indicated with the following
4923       replacements:
4924
4925       ¤ or   ¤  (if wide) a non-combining Unicode character  that  cannot  be
4926              displayed
4927
4928       % or   %   (if wide) (if the terminal cannot display ¤) a non-combining
4929              Unicode character that cannot be displayed
4930
4931       ` (or wide)
4932              a Unicode combining character that cannot be displayed
4933
4934       " or
4935               ' (or wide) a double or single quotation mark character  (typo‐
4936              graphic quote mark)
4937
4938       - or   ~ or = (or wide) a dash or hyphen character
4939
4940       e, ê,  etc a combined or other character that cannot be displayed which
4941              is based on the displayed character by its Unicode decomposition
4942
4943       E      the Euro sign € U+20AC
4944
4945       V,     X, Z the check mark ✓ U+2713, ballot X ✗ U+2717 , zigzag arrow ↯
4946              U+21AF
4947
4948        '     glottal stop 'okina ʻ U+02BB
4949
4950       0 ..9 ,
4951              A ..Z  etc a corresponding fullwidth ASCII character
4952
4953       Configuration:  Display  colour of special or illegal UTF-8 indications
4954       can be changed with the environment variable MINEDUNI, the value should
4955       be  the  numeric part of an ANSI terminal control sequence; optionally,
4956       the value can be preceded by a character to be used for Unicode charac‐
4957       ter indication in non-Unicode terminal mode.
4958       (The default configuration value is "¤ 46").
4959
4960   Combining and joining characters
4961       Mined  supports  handling  of  combining characters, featuring optional
4962       separate display and partial editing, as  described  above  in  section
4963       Combining characters.
4964
4965        Joining characters
4966       If  mined  assumes  that the terminal applies LAM/ALEF ligature joining
4967       (either configured with the +UU right-to-left display option  or  auto-
4968       detected;  correct native support is known of mlterm), the joined char‐
4969       acter width will be handled correctly in cooperation with the terminal.
4970       In all other terminals mined will apply LAM/ALEF joining itself.
4971       Mined  supports  ligature  joining  in both combining character display
4972       modes:
4973
4974              ·      In  combined  display  mode,  the  screen   position   is
4975                     accounted  properly.   Also, when deleting a character, a
4976                     joined ligature is deleted together with the base charac‐
4977                     ter, just like combining characters.
4978
4979              ·      In  separated display mode, the joining part of the liga‐
4980                     ture is indicated using the  appropriate  isolated  form,
4981                     highlighted  with  Unicode  special indication background
4982                     colour (similar to the handling of combining characters).
4983
4984   Search expression limitations
4985       Unicode search ranges can not be very large as all included  characters
4986       are listed in an internal buffer which is limited to ca. 1 KB.
4987
4988   UTF-8 preservation and byte-transparent editing
4989       When  splitting  lines that are too long for internal handling, consis‐
4990       tency of UTF-8 sequences is preserved (they are not  split);  combining
4991       characters  may get split off their base characters, however, they will
4992       join seemlessly as lines are joined again (e.g. when saving the  file).
4993       Note  that  isolated  combining  characters, e.g. at the beginning of a
4994       line, are always displayed as if in separated display mode.
4995
4996   Terminal environment
4997       Unicode text can be edited in any  terminal  encoding  (UTF-8,  8  bit,
4998       CJK),  however,  a UTF-8 terminal is preferable.  UTF-8 terminal opera‐
4999       tion can be configured in either of these ways:
5000
5001              ·      Auto-detection: If the  terminal  emits  cursor  position
5002                     reports,  mined  can  uniquely  recognise  UTF-8 terminal
5003                     encoding and further UTF-8 features (see Terminal  encod‐
5004                     ing support below).
5005
5006              ·      Environment:  By  proper  environment  variable settings.
5007                     For more details, see Locale configuration.
5008                     Note: In general, it is advisable  to  start  a  terminal
5009                     window using a wrapper script that sets a suitable locale
5010                     environment at the same time, in  order  to  support  all
5011                     kinds  of  applications that are more dependent on proper
5012                     environment setting than mined is.  The  mined  installa‐
5013                     tion  also  provides  the  script uterm for this purpose,
5014                     with  its  own  manual  page.   (In  case  uterm  is  not
5015                     installed,  it is also included in the Mined runtime sup‐
5016                     port library.)
5017
5018              ·      Parameter: +EU selects UTF-8 terminal mode.
5019
5020       See also Terminal interworking
5021              problems for special hints about certain terminals.
5022

CJK support (Chinese/Japanese/Korean Han character features)

5024       Mined provides CJK support features uniformly in Unicode and  in  major
5025       CJK  encodings.  For information relating to CJK character encoding see
5026       Character encoding support below.
5027
5028   CJK input method support
5029       Input methods for CJK characters are supported with the  keyboard  map‐
5030       ping feature.  A number of popular input methods for CJK text input are
5031       pre-configured, others can be added at compile-time  with  the  mkkbmap
5032       script.
5033
5034        Radical/Stroke input method
5035       Mined  provides  a  Radical/Stroke input method for CJK characters with
5036       specific functionality in addition to keyboard  mapping;  it  works  at
5037       two-levels,  selecting  a  radical  first, then a character from a list
5038       sorted by stroke count.  If this input method is  active,  a  selection
5039       menu  for  the  214  CJK  radicals is displayed (without prior keyboard
5040       input).  The menu  displays  all  variations  of  each  radical.  After
5041       selecting  a  radical from this menu, a second-level menu is displayed,
5042       showing all CJK characters based on the selected radical, sorted by the
5043       number  of strokes.  Many of these menus will not fit on the screen and
5044       can be scrolled.  Pressing Escape here  would  return  to  the  radical
5045       menu; pressing Escape there would disable the input method.  To enter a
5046       non-mapped character (e.g. a line  end),  you  need  to  disable  Radi‐
5047       cal/Stroke  input method temporarily; just toggle it back on with Alt-k
5048       (or Esc k) or Ctrl-Alt-F12 and the radical menu will be displayed again
5049       for continued input.
5050       For  the  Unicode  version  used  as the character data source, see the
5051       Options - About information or the mined change log.
5052
5053   CJK character display
5054       Combining characters (in both JIS X 0213  encodings  and  GB18030)  are
5055       handled  and  the  combined characters are displayed properly in either
5056       combined or separated display mode in a UTF-8 terminal (like for  UTF-8
5057       encoded text).  The following special CJK character indications apply:
5058
5059       ¤  or  ¤ CJK character that cannot be displayed in the terminal
5060
5061       %  or  %  (if  the terminal cannot display ¤) CJK character that cannot
5062              be displayed in the terminal
5063
5064       ` or   `  CJK combining character that cannot be displayed in the  ter‐
5065              minal
5066
5067       ? or   ?  CJK character code that has no known mapping to Unicode
5068              (to enforce display on CJK terminal use option +C)
5069
5070       # or   #   invalid CJK character code that is outside of the code range
5071              assigned to the encoding scheme
5072              (to enforce display on CJK terminal use option +CC)
5073
5074       #      CJK character in extended code range (esp. 3 and 4  byte  codes,
5075              or  codes  with 0x80...0x9F byte range) that cannot be displayed
5076              on CJK terminal due to terminal capability limitations
5077              (to enforce display on CJK terminal use option +CCC)
5078
5079       <      incomplete or otherwise illegal CJK code
5080
5081   Han character information display
5082       When the cursor is on a Han character and either descriptive or pronun‐
5083       ciation  information  about  this  character is available in the Unihan
5084       database (from unicode.org), mined can optionally display this informa‐
5085       tion,  with  a  selection of display details which may include semantic
5086       information and various pronunciations.
5087       To enable Han info, select it in the Info menu.  To open the Info menu,
5088       type  Alt-F10 or right-click the "?" flag.  The information can option‐
5089       ally be shown on the status line (where it  may  be  truncated  if  too
5090       long) or in a pop-up menu next to the character.
5091       Pronunciation  information  to be displayed can be selected in the Info
5092       menu.  While selecting multiple pronunciation options, the  menu  stays
5093       open.
5094
5095       The  same  information  is always shown while you are browsing an input
5096       method pick list (then on the status line).
5097
5098       Han character information display can be selected with the +?h  command
5099       line parameter (or +?x for short display on the status line).  To pres‐
5100       elect continuous Han character information display, append this parame‐
5101       ter to the environment variable MINEDOPT.
5102
5103       The  information includes the character code (in CJK encoding, both CJK
5104       code and  corresponding  Unicode  value  are  shown).   The  amount  of
5105       descriptive information (from the Unihan database) to be shown can also
5106       be preconfigured with the environment variable  MINEDHANINFO;  see  Han
5107       info configuration below.
5108       (For  the  Unicode  version  used  for  the Unihan data source, see the
5109       Options - About information or the mined change log.)
5110

Terminal encoding support

5112       Mined supports UTF-8 terminals, CJK terminals, Latin-1 and other  8-bit
5113       encoded terminals.
5114
5115   Terminal feature detection
5116       Mined performs auto-detection of a number of terminal features:
5117
5118              ·      For  UTF-8  terminals,  mined  performs auto-detection of
5119                     terminal features (detection of UTF-8 terminal, different
5120                     width  data and combining data versions, handling of dou‐
5121                     ble-width, combining and joining characters).
5122
5123              ·      For CJK terminals, mined performs some auto-detection  of
5124                     specific  CJK terminal features (handling of non-EUC code
5125                     points, handling of extended code range, GB18030,  3-byte
5126                     and  4-byte  encodings,  detection of kterm JIS encoding,
5127                     detection of rxvt emulating CJK encoded terminal, special
5128                     CJK  width  properties, and terminal support of combining
5129                     characters).
5130
5131              ·      For mapped 8-bit terminals, mined performs auto-detection
5132                     of terminal support of combining characters.
5133
5134              ·      For  the  Unicode  version  used  for width and combining
5135                     character properties, see the Options - About information
5136                     or the mined change log.
5137
5138              ·      CJK  terminals  cannot always be distinguished from 8-bit
5139                     terminals by auto-detection. Neither can the encoding  of
5140                     either  CJK  or  8-bit terminals be auto-detected.  It is
5141                     thus advisable to setup proper settings of  locale  envi‐
5142                     ronment  variables  (LC_ALL,  LC_CTYPE,  LANG).  Alterna‐
5143                     tively, the effective terminal encoding can be  indicated
5144                     to  mined with a command line option (+EX).  For configu‐
5145                     ration details, see Locale configuration below.
5146
5147   Specific terminal properties
5148       For more specific configuration hints (especially for  PC-based  termi‐
5149       nals), see the Terminal environment configuration hints below.
5150       For interworking issues with specific terminals see also the listing of
5151       Terminal interworking problems.
5152
5153       Mined Command reference (command and key function assignments)
5154              General note on using keys with Control, Shift,  Alt  modifiers:
5155              Mined  makes use of many key combinations modified with Control,
5156              Shift, Alt, or a combination of them, as a resource for invoking
5157              a  larger number of specific functions, providing modified func‐
5158              tionality as well as accented character input support.  Some  of
5159              these  key  combinations  may  be  limited by local environment,
5160              especially the window system, or may need extra configuration to
5161              be enabled.
5162              Especially  modified function keys are often intercepted by win‐
5163              dow systems for special functions.
5164              In general, mined interprets an ESC prefix as an alternative for
5165              an  Alt-key  combination.  For  further advice and window system
5166              specific hints on further remedies,  as  well  as  configuration
5167              hints,  to  enable  modified  key  input  see the hint box under
5168              Accent prefix keys above.
5169
5170   Generic command modifiers (esp. HOP key)
5171       ^Q or ^G or "5" (on keypad) or Menu (in Linux)  or  *  (on  keypad)  or
5172       Shift-TAB
5173              HOP key (except ^G followed by a digit).
5174              In  order  to  enable the "5" key to invoke the HOP function, or
5175              assign the HOP function to another key (e.g.  on  laptops  which
5176              lack  the  numeric keypad), some configuration may be necessary;
5177              see Keypad configuration below.
5178
5179       ESC    Prefix for subsequent "letter commands".
5180              Also: Generic prefix for "Alt" modified command (to apply  to  a
5181              subsequent  command  for which the terminal does not support the
5182              Alt key).
5183
5184       ^V     (Prefix for control character input, but also:)
5185              Generic prefix for "Control" modified command  (to  apply  to  a
5186              subsequent  command  for which the terminal does not support the
5187              Control key).
5188
5189       Ctrl-< punctuation key >
5190              (Set of accent prefix keys to enter composed characters.)
5191
5192   Cursor and screen motion
5193       ^E or cursor-up
5194              Move cursor 1 line up.
5195
5196       ... with HOP:
5197              Go to top of page.
5198
5199       ^X or cursor-down
5200              Move cursor 1 line down.
5201
5202       ... with HOP:
5203              Go to bottom of page.
5204
5205       ^S or cursor-left
5206              Move cursor 1 character left.
5207
5208       ... with HOP or Ctrl-Home
5209              Go to beginning of line.
5210
5211       ^D or cursor-right
5212              Move cursor 1 character right.
5213
5214       ... with HOP or Ctrl-End
5215              Go to end of line.
5216
5217       ^A or Shift-cursor-left (on small keypad)
5218              Move word left (to preceding beginning of a word).
5219
5220       ... with HOP:
5221              Go to beginning of sentence.
5222
5223       ^F or Shift-cursor-right (on small keypad)
5224              Move word right (to beginning of next word).
5225
5226       ... with HOP:
5227              Go to end of sentence.
5228
5229       Ctrl-Shift-cursor-up
5230              Move backward to previous beginning of paragraph.
5231
5232       Ctrl-Shift-cursor-down
5233              Move forward to next beginning of paragraph.
5234
5235       Shift-cursor-up (on small keypad)
5236              Go to top of page.
5237
5238       Shift-cursor-down (on small keypad)
5239              Go to bottom of page.
5240
5241       ^R or PgUp or PrevScreen (VT100)
5242              Scroll backward 1 page (Top line becomes bottom line).
5243
5244       ... with HOP:
5245              Go to beginning of text.
5246
5247       ^C or PgDn or NextScreen (VT100)
5248              Scroll forward 1 page (Bottom line becomes top line).
5249
5250       ... with HOP:
5251              Go to end of text.
5252
5253       Home (on small keypad)
5254              Move to beginning of line.  If already there, move to  beginning
5255              of  previous  line.  Only if keyboard is configured to emit dif‐
5256              ferent control sequences for the two keypads, see Keypad config‐
5257              uration hints below.
5258
5259       Ctrl-Home (on small keypad)
5260              Move to beginning of line.
5261
5262       End (on small keypad)
5263              Move  to  end  of  line.   If already there, move to end of next
5264              line.  Only if keyboard is configured to emit different  control
5265              sequences  for  the  two keypads, see Keypad configuration hints
5266              below.
5267
5268       Ctrl-End (on small keypad)
5269              Move to end of line.
5270
5271       →NEW→ HOP ESC .
5272              Center current position vertically on screen.
5273
5274        Navigation support for combined Unicode characters
5275       Enabling partial editing of base  character  and  combining  characters
5276       (accents) in combined display mode.
5277
5278       Ctrl-cursor-right or ^V cursor-right
5279              Micro  movement:  Move partial character right into Unicode com‐
5280              bined character.
5281
5282       Ctrl-cursor-left or ^V cursor-left
5283              Micro movement: Move partial character left over Unicode combin‐
5284              ing character.
5285
5286       ^W or Ctrl-PgUp or keypad-Minus (if supported by terminal)
5287              Scroll screen backward 1 line.
5288
5289       ... with HOP:
5290              Scroll backward half a screen.
5291
5292       ^Z or Ctrl-PgDn or keypad-Plus (if supported by terminal)
5293              Scroll screen forward 1 line.
5294
5295       ... with HOP:
5296              Scroll forward half a screen.
5297
5298       ^G nn Enteror ESC g nn Enter
5299              Move  to  a  line (prompts for line number).  (Terminate command
5300              with Enter or Space.)
5301
5302       ^G nn % or ESC g nn %
5303              Move to position in text determined by percentage.
5304
5305       ^G nn p or ESC g nn p
5306              Move to page in text (set page length with ESC P).
5307
5308       ^G < command > or ESC g < command >
5309              If not immediately followed by a digit, the positioning  command
5310              works as an alternative HOP key.
5311
5312        Text marker navigation
5313       ^G N , or ESC g N ,
5314              (N=0..15) Set marker N. (Final "m" or "," may be used.)
5315
5316       ^G N . or ESC g N .
5317              (N=0..15) Go to marker N. (Final "'" or "g" or "." may be used.)
5318
5319       ESC m N
5320              (N=0..9/a..f) Set marker N.
5321
5322       ESC ' N (deprecated)
5323              (N=0..9/a..f) Go to marker N.
5324
5325       HOP Home or ^G ^@ or ^G ^] or HOP ESC ^
5326              Move to the position previously marked by Home/^@/^]/ESC ^
5327
5328       ESC Enter or Alt-Enter (Alt-Return) *
5329              Return  backward to the previous position marked in the position
5330              stack.
5331
5332       HOP ESC Enter or HOP Alt-Enter (HOP Alt-Return) *
5333              Return forward to the  next  position  marked  in  the  position
5334              stack.  * Note that depending on Window system or terminal, Alt-
5335              Enter may be captured as a function to maximize the window.
5336
5337       left mouse button
5338              Move cursor to position.
5339
5340   Entering text
5341       To enable combinations of Control and Shift with the Enter key,  termi‐
5342       nal configuration may be needed (see Unicode line ends).
5343
5344       < printable char >
5345              Insert the character at cursor position.
5346
5347       < Enter > or < LF Linefeed char > or < CR Return char >
5348              Insert  a newline at cursor position, clone line end type. Apply
5349              auto-indentation if enabled.
5350
5351       Ctrl-Enter (if editing Unicode text)
5352              Make a new line by inserting a Unicode line separator at  cursor
5353              position (unless disabled with +u-u).
5354
5355       Shift-Enter (if editing Unicode text)
5356              Make  a  new  line by inserting a Unicode paragraph separator at
5357              cursor position (unless disabled with +u-u).
5358
5359       →NEW→  Control-Shift-Enter (if editing Unicode or ISO 8859 text) Make a
5360              new line by inserting a Next Line character (U+0085).
5361
5362       Ctrl-Alt-Enter
5363              Make  a  new  line by inserting a DOS or Unix line end at cursor
5364              position (if editing Unix or DOS file, respectively).
5365
5366       Ctrl-Shift-Alt-Enter
5367              Make a new line by inserting a Mac line end at cursor position.
5368
5369       < Tab char >
5370              Insert a Tab character at cursor position.  with option  -+8  or
5371              -+4  or  -+2:  Tab expansion; insert as many space characters as
5372              needed to fill line up to the next Tab position.
5373
5374       ^V < Tab char >
5375              Insert a Tab character (even in Tab expansion mode).
5376
5377       HOP {, HOP (, HOP [, HOP <
5378              Enter indented pair of matching parentheses.
5379
5380       HOP /  Enter an indented Javadoc comment frame.
5381
5382       HOP ' or HOP ´ (acute accent)
5383              Enter an apostrophe (U+2019).  Note: In  smart  quotes  mode,  ´
5384              alone also enters an apostrophe.
5385
5386       HOP ` (grave accent)
5387              Enter  a  glottal stop / 'okina (U+02BB).  Note: In smart quotes
5388              mode, ` alone also enters a glottal stop.
5389
5390       HOP -  Underline the line that starts before the cursor position.
5391
5392       ^O     Make new line at current position.  If the current line is  ter‐
5393              minated  by  a  Unicode paragraph separator, a line separator is
5394              inserted.
5395              Auto-indentation is not applied.
5396
5397       HOP ^O Split a line in two binary-transparently, i.e.  enter  a  "NONE"
5398              virtual line end.
5399
5400        Accented character input support by accent prefix keys
5401       Mined  defines  a number of function keys, modified function keys, mod‐
5402       ifed digit keys, and modified punctuation keys for single and  multiple
5403       accent  composition  with  a  subsequently  entered  character;  for  a
5404       detailed listing and  description,  see  Accent  prefix  function  keys
5405       above.
5406       Up  to  three  accent  prefix  keys can be combined by entering them in
5407       sequence in order to compose characters with multiple  accents.   These
5408       functions  also  work on the prompt line (e.g.  to enter search expres‐
5409       sions).
5410
5411       F5 < character >
5412              Compose character with diaeresis (umlaut accent), e.g. a » ä
5413
5414       Shift-F5 < character >
5415              Compose character with tilde, e.g. a » ã
5416
5417       Ctrl-F5 < character >
5418              Compose character with ring or with cedilla, e.g. a » å , c » ç
5419
5420       Ctrl-Shift-F5 < character >
5421              Compose character with ogonek.
5422
5423       Alt-Shift-F5 < character >
5424              Compose character with breve.
5425
5426       F6 < character >
5427              Compose character with acute accent (accent d'aigu), e.g. a » á
5428
5429       Shift-F6 < character >
5430              Compose character with grave accent, e.g. a » à
5431
5432       Ctrl-F6 < character >
5433              Compose character with circumflex accent, e.g. a » â
5434
5435       Ctrl-Shift-F6 < character >
5436              Compose character with macron.
5437
5438       Alt-Shift-F6 < character >
5439              Compose character with dot above.
5440
5441       Ctrl-0 ... Ctrl-9
5442              Compose character with  accent,  esp.  for  Vietnamese  accented
5443              characters.
5444
5445       (Ctrl-)Alt-1 ... (Ctrl-)Alt-5
5446              Compose  character  with two accents, esp. for Vietnamese double
5447              accented characters.
5448
5449       (Ctrl-)Alt-6 ... (Ctrl-)Alt-8
5450              Compose character with two accents for Greek  multiple  accented
5451              characters.
5452
5453       Ctrl-< punctuation key >
5454              Compose  character  with accent (looking similar to the modified
5455              punctuation character, e.g. Ctrl-, composes with cedilla, Ctrl-:
5456              with  diaeresis,  Ctrl-minus  with  macron,  Ctrl-(  with breve,
5457              Ctrl-< with caron, Ctrl-/ with stroke, Ctrl-; with ogonek,  etc;
5458              see Accent prefix function keys above for details).
5459
5460        Input support commands
5461       Ctrl-V special input support
5462              These  functions  also  work  on the prompt line (e.g.  to enter
5463              search expressions).
5464
5465       ^V < control character >
5466              Enter control character.
5467
5468       ^V [ or ^V \ or ^V ]
5469              Enter one of the control characters ^[, ^\, ^].
5470
5471       ^V ^ ^ or ^V _ _
5472              Enter one of the control characters ^^, ^_.
5473
5474       ^V ^ ' or ^V ^ "
5475              →NEW→ or ^V ^ ` or ^V ^ ´ Enter one of the straight quote  marks
5476              ' or " or plain accents (needed in smart quotes mode)
5477
5478       ^V < accent > < character >
5479              Compose accented character.
5480
5481       ^V # xxxx < Space or Enter >
5482              Enter  character  defined  by  a  hexadecimal number being input
5483              (depending on applicable encoding, byte value, Unicode value, or
5484              valid CJK code is required).
5485
5486       ^V # # xxxxxx < Space or Enter >
5487              Like ^V # but using an octal number.
5488
5489       ^V # = xxxxx < Space or Enter >
5490              Like ^V # but using a decimal number.
5491
5492       ^V # u or U or +
5493              (followed by a numeric input as described above, with optional #
5494              or = for octal or decimal  input)  interprets  the  input  as  a
5495              numeric  Unicode  value which is converted into the current text
5496              encoding.
5497
5498       ^V # ... Space ...
5499              With numeric character input, mined supports successive multiple
5500              character  entry  according  to ISO 14755 if the numeric code is
5501              terminated by a Space key.
5502
5503       ^V < function key >
5504              This is not an input support function but  rather  the  function
5505              key is invoked as if pressed together with the control key.
5506
5507       Mnemonic character input support
5508              Mnemonics recognised include the following:
5509
5510              ·      RFC  1345  mnemos (except mappings to Unicode private use
5511                     areas); in ambiguous cases, the RFC 1345 mnemos  must  be
5512                     entered  in  long mnemonic input mode, e.g. with "^V pi "
5513                     rather than "^Vpi"
5514
5515              ·      HTML mnemos; in ambiguous cases, the HTML mnemos must  be
5516                     prepended with a "&"
5517
5518              ·      TeX mnemos (macros) and substitutes, leaving out any "\"
5519
5520              ·      →NEW→  groff  glyphs (roff special characters), mnemonics
5521                     beginning with "("
5522
5523              ·      Supplementary mnemos as listed  on  the  mined  character
5524                     mnemos page
5525       Unless there is an ambiguous mapping, all two-letter mnemonics can also
5526       be entered in reverse order.
5527
5528       ^V < Space > < name > < Space or Enter >
5529              Lookup character mnemonic and enter character. RFC 1345  mnemon‐
5530              ics take precedence in ambiguous cases.
5531
5532       ^V < character > < character >
5533              Compose  two  characters. Non-RFC 1345 mnemonics take precedence
5534              in ambiguous cases.
5535
5536       Note: A number of mnemonics are defined with already  precomposed  base
5537       characters (especially for Vietnamese input) which can be used for fur‐
5538       ther composition.
5539       ^V can be applied recursively to compose a character for further compo‐
5540       sition.
5541       See examples with æ below for both cases.
5542
5543       Examples:
5544
5545       ^V^A   Enter Ctrl-A.
5546
5547       ^V^[ or ^V[
5548              Enter the escape character.
5549
5550       ^V__   Enter Ctrl-_.
5551
5552       ^V'e   Enter é (e with accent d'aigu).
5553
5554       ^Vae   Enter æ (the ae ligature).
5555
5556       ^V ae'  (terminated by Space or Enter)
5557              Enter U+01FD (æ with acute).
5558
5559       ^Væ'   Enter U+01FD (æ with acute).
5560
5561       ^V ^Vae'  (terminated by Space or Enter)
5562              Enter U+01FD (æ with acute).
5563
5564       ^V'^Vae
5565              Enter U+01FD (æ with acute).
5566
5567       ^VOK or ^Vcm
5568              Enter the check mark ✓ (U+2713)
5569
5570       ^Vzz or ^V zigzag (terminated by Space or Enter)
5571              Enter the downwards zigzag arrow ↯ (U+21AF)
5572
5573       ^V-,   Enter ¬ (the negation symbol).
5574
5575       ^V neg  (terminated by Space or Enter)
5576              Enter ¬ (the negation symbol).
5577
5578       ^Va* or ^V a*  (terminated by Space or Enter)
5579              Enter the Greek small letter alpha.
5580
5581       ^V ae'  (terminated by Space or Enter)
5582              Enter the Latin ligature ae with acute accent.
5583
5584       ^V euro (terminated by Space or Enter)
5585              Enter the Euro character.
5586
5587       ^V#20ac (terminated by Space or Enter)
5588              Enter  the  character  with hexadecimal value 20AC (which is the
5589              Euro character in UTF-8 encoding).
5590
5591       ^V#U20ac (terminated by Space or Enter)
5592              Enter the Euro character  (which  has  the  hexadecimal  Unicode
5593              value 20AC) encoded in the currently selected text encoding.
5594
5595       ^V#+20ac < Space > +20ac < Enter >
5596              Enter two Euro characters in successive multiple character entry
5597              mode (ISO 14755).
5598
5599        Input method (Keyboard mapping) selection
5600       ESC k or Ctrl-Alt-F12 or middle-click on Input Method flag
5601              Toggle between current and previously selected input method  (or
5602              initially  the configured standby input method).  Note: Alt-k or
5603              Ctrl-Alt-F12 also works on prompt line.
5604
5605       HOP ESC k
5606              Clear  input  method,  i.e.  resets  keyboard  mapping  to  none
5607              (unmapped input).
5608
5609       ESC I or ESC K or Ctrl-F12 or right click on Input Method flag (mapping
5610       indication in flags area)
5611              Open the Input Method selection menu.  Note: (Alt-I or Alt-K  or
5612              Ctrl-F12 also works on prompt line)
5613
5614       HOP ESC K
5615              Cycle through available keyboard mappings / input methods.
5616
5617   Modifying text
5618       Note on the Home and End keys
5619              Sometimes  people  expect  the "Home" and "End" keys to move the
5620              cursor to the beginning or end of line,  respectively.   In  the
5621              keyboard usage approach of mined, these functions can easily and
5622              quite intuitively be invoked with "HOP left"  and  "HOP  right",
5623              i.e. by pressing the keypad keys "5 4" or "5 6" in sequence.  So
5624              there is enough room left for mapping the most  frequent  paste-
5625              buffer  functions to the keypad as described above which is con‐
5626              sidered much more useful.  Use Ctrl-Home and  Ctrl-End  for  the
5627              line  positioning  functions,  depending on terminal support and
5628              configuration; or use the -k option if preferred to switch  key‐
5629              pad  key  function  assignments  for the Home and End keys.  See
5630              Keypad layout above for a motivating overview of the mined  key‐
5631              pad assignment features and options.
5632
5633       Backarrow or ^H
5634              Dual-mode function:
5635              If a visual selection is active: Cut selected area to paste buf‐
5636              fer.
5637              Otherwise: Delete character left.
5638              Smart backspacing: If there is only blank space before the  cur‐
5639              rent  position  in the current line and the line above and auto-
5640              indentation is enabled, the auto-undent function  (Back-Tab)  is
5641              performed instead, deleting multiple spaces back to the previous
5642              level of indentation.  Note: Mined tries to map this function to
5643              the  Backarrow key on the keyboard whether it is assigned to the
5644              Backspace or DEL control characters, by inspecting  the  setting
5645              of  the terminal interface, see Automatic backspace mode adapta‐
5646              tion.  Note:→NEW→ Configuration option  plain_BS  (command  line
5647              option +Bp) switches the Backarrow key from smart backspacing to
5648              plain backspacing, i.e. no auto-undent and only delete one  com‐
5649              bining  character  of  a combined character.  Use Shift-Control-
5650              Backarrow to perform smart backspacing then.
5651
5652       Ctrl-Backarrow (if key properly configured) or F5 Backarrow
5653              "Delete single": Delete only right-most combining accent of com‐
5654              bined  character left of cursor position.  If not next to a com‐
5655              bined character: delete  character  left,  avoiding  auto-undent
5656              function.
5657
5658       →NEW→  Shift-Ctrl-Backarrow  (if  key  properly configured) or Shift-F5
5659       Backarrow
5660              "Delete smart": Smart backspacing function as described above as
5661              default behaviour of the Backarrow key.
5662
5663       Del (on keypad)
5664              Dual-mode function:
5665              If a visual selection is active: Cut selected area to paste buf‐
5666              fer.
5667              Otherwise: Delete next character right, including any  combining
5668              characters.
5669
5670       Ctrl-Del (on keypads, if key properly configured)
5671              Delete character right, excluding any combining characters.
5672
5673       Shift-Del (on small keypad, if key properly configured)
5674              Cut selected area to paste buffer.
5675
5676       DEL (ASCII character)
5677              If detected to be attached to the keyboard Backarrow key: Delete
5678              left. (Or delete visual selection, see  above.)   (Enforce  with
5679              option -B.)
5680              Otherwise: Delete right.
5681
5682       HOP Backarrow
5683              Delete beginning of line (left of current position).
5684
5685       ^B     Delete character right (next character).
5686
5687       ^T     Delete next word.
5688
5689       ^^ (overridden when used as accent prefix, e.g. with newer xterm)
5690              Delete previous word.
5691
5692       ^K     Delete  tail  of line (from current position to line-end); if at
5693              end of line, delete line end (joining lines).
5694
5695       HOP ^K Delete whole line.
5696
5697        Code conversion
5698       ESC X  Insert hexadecimal representation  of  current  character  code.
5699              (In UTF-8 mode, this is the UTF-8 byte sequence of the character
5700              in hexadecimal notation.)
5701
5702       ... with HOP:
5703              Insert character with hexadecimal code scanned from text at cur‐
5704              rent position.
5705
5706       ESC U  Insert  (hexadecimal)  Unicode  value of current character (with
5707              either 4/6/8 hexadecimal digits, depending on the value); in CJK
5708              or mapped 8 bit encoding mode, the value is transformed from the
5709              current text encoding into Unicode.
5710
5711       ... with HOP or Ctrl-Shift-F11
5712              Insert character with hexadecimal  Unicode  value  scanned  from
5713              text  at current position; in CJK or mapped 8 bit encoding mode,
5714              the value is transformed from  Unicode  into  the  current  text
5715              encoding.
5716
5717       ESC A  Like ESC U but inserting an octal Unicode value.
5718
5719       ... with HOP:
5720              Like HOP ESC U but scanning an octal Unicode value.
5721
5722       ESC D  Like ESC U but inserting a decimal Unicode value.
5723
5724       ... with HOP:
5725              Like HOP ESC U but scanning a decimal Unicode value.
5726
5727       Alt-x  Toggle  the  preceding  character  and  its  hexadecimal Unicode
5728              value.  The command detects a 2 to 6 hex  digit  character  code
5729              with  a  valid  Unicode value, or a non-digit Unicode character,
5730              respectively.
5731
5732        Case conversion
5733       ESC C or F11
5734              Exchange case (low/capital) of  character  under  cursor.   Case
5735              mapping  is  based on Unicode (but applicable in all text encod‐
5736              ings).  Special handling is applied for:
5737
5738              ·      Greek final s
5739
5740              ·      Turkish "i" if the effective  locale  value  (environment
5741                     variables  →NEW→  LANGUAGE,  TEXTLANG,  LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE,
5742                     LANG) begins with "tr" or "az" →NEW→ or "crh" or "tt"  or
5743                     "ba"
5744
5745              ·      case mappings to multiple characters
5746
5747              ·      Lithuanian  special  conditions (locale value begins with
5748                     "lt")
5749
5750              ·      →NEW→ Dutch "IJsselmeer" title casing with  Shift-F3  (if
5751                     the locale value begins with "nl")
5752
5753              ·      Japanese  characters  are  toggled  between  Hiragana and
5754                     Katakana.
5755
5756       ... with HOP or Shift-F11
5757              Apply case conversion to word from cursor.
5758
5759       Shift-F3
5760              Cycle casing of a word between all small, title  case,  and  all
5761              capitals (title case means the first letter is either capital or
5762              actually a Unicode title case, the following letters are small).
5763              For  Japanese  script,  it toggles the word between Hiragana and
5764              Katakana.
5765
5766        Mnemonic and special conversion
5767       ESC _ or Ctrl-F11
5768              Mnemonic character substitution replaces the two  characters  at
5769              the  cursor  position  with a suitable composite character (e.g.
5770              accented character) if possible.  With Ctrl-F11, transformations
5771              are  the  same as with the ^V two-letter character input mnemon‐
5772              ics.  With ESC _, language-dependent preferences may take prece‐
5773              dence  (see  variations  below)  according to the current locale
5774              environment.
5775              Example: ae → æ
5776
5777        Special conversion features
5778              ·      If the text at the cursor position contains an HTML char‐
5779                     acter  tag  (starting with "&" and optionally ending with
5780                     ";"), it is replaced with the actual character it  repre‐
5781                     sents.
5782                     Example: &not; → ¬
5783
5784              ·      If  the  text  at  the  cursor  position contains an HTML
5785                     numeric character entity (starting with "&#" and  option‐
5786                     ally ending with ";"), it is replaced with the respective
5787                     character it denotes.
5788                     Example: &#x40; → @
5789                     &#64; → @
5790
5791              ·      If the text at the cursor position contains a URL numeric
5792                     escape  notation  (starting with "%") it is replaced with
5793                     the actual character it represents.
5794                     Example: %40 → @
5795                     %C3%86 → Æ (while in UTF-8 text encoding)
5796
5797              ·      The command also transforms  between  Latin-1  and  UTF-8
5798                     encoded characters if an accordingly encoded character is
5799                     found at the  current  position;  the  current  character
5800                     encoding  mode  is used to determine the target character
5801                     set.
5802                     Example: æ (Latin-1 encoding) → æ (current  UTF-8  encod‐
5803                     ing) or
5804                     æ (UTF-8 encoding) → æ (current encoding)
5805
5806       As  variations  of  ESC  _,  there  are  some commands ESC LETTER using
5807       national letters that occur on  respective  national  keyboards.   They
5808       apply basically the same transformations but with some national prefer‐
5809       ences taking precedence:
5810
5811       ESC ä or ESC ö or ESC ü or ESC ß
5812              Similar to ESC _, but with German transformation preferences.
5813              example: ae → ä, oe → ö
5814
5815       ESC é or ESC è or ESC à or ESC ù or ESC ç
5816              Similar to ESC _, but with French transformation preferences.
5817              example: oe → œ (oe ligature U+0153)
5818
5819       ESC æ or ESC å or ESC ø
5820              Similar to ESC _, but with Danish transformation preferences.
5821              example: ae → æ, oe → ø
5822
5823       →NEW→ ESC ì or ESC ò
5824              Similar to ESC _, but with Italian accent preferences (è  rather
5825              than é).
5826
5827       →NEW→ ESC < accented letter typical on East European keyboard >
5828              (like  l  with  stroke, u with ring, o with double acute, s with
5829              caron, etc) Similar to ESC _,  but  with  East  European  accent
5830              preferences:  ogonek  rather  than  cedilla,  -d  becomes d with
5831              stroke
5832
5833       →NEW→ ESC < special key typical on South European keyboard >
5834              (like n with tilde, g with breve, dotless i) Like ESC _.
5835
5836        Encoding conversion
5837       HOP ESC ( or Alt-F11
5838              Search for a character encoded in the "wrong encoding",  i.e.  a
5839              UTF-8  character  in non-UTF-8 text mode, or a Latin-1 character
5840              in UTF-8 text mode.
5841
5842       ESC _ or ESC ö etc.
5843              If invoked on a non-ASCII character, UTF-8 / non-UTF-8 character
5844              encoding  conversion is applied: If the character is not encoded
5845              in the current text encoding it is converted  into  the  current
5846              text encoding (from UTF-8 or from Latin-1).
5847
5848       Alt-Shift-F11
5849              Convert  Latin-1  /  UTF-8,  then  search  for  the  next "wrong
5850              encoded" character.
5851
5852        Paragraph formatting
5853       ESC j  ("Clever Justify") Format paragraph by  word-wrapping  according
5854              to  the  currently  set  right  margin  value;  left margins are
5855              derived from the contents of the paragraph and  line.  Heuristic
5856              detection  of  numbered items automatically triggers appropriate
5857              indentation.
5858              End-of-paragraph is a line without trailing blank space.
5859
5860       ... with HOP:
5861              Same, but end-of-paragraph is considered to be a blank line.
5862
5863       ESC J  ("Normal Justify") Format paragraph by  word-wrapping  according
5864              to the currently set left and right margin values.
5865              End-of-paragraph is a line without trailing blank space.
5866
5867       ... with HOP:
5868              Same, but end-of-paragraph is a blank line.
5869
5870       ESC <  Set left margin for justification.
5871
5872       ESC ;  Set left margin of first line of paragraph only.
5873
5874       ESC :  Set left margin of next lines of paragraph only.
5875
5876       ESC >  Set right margin for justification.
5877
5878        HTML support
5879       ESC H (every first time)
5880              Enter  HTML tag (and remember for subsequent ESC H).  (Note that
5881              Alt-Shift-H will do the same thing if your terminal  is  config‐
5882              ured  appropriately  -  see  the example configuration file Xde‐
5883              faults.mined in the Mined runtime support library.)  The tag can
5884              be  entered  with  attributes  and  values;  these  will  not be
5885              repeated in the closing tag (see next entry on ESC H).
5886
5887       ESC H (every second time)
5888              Enter closing HTML tag.  Any tag attributes and  values  entered
5889              with the tag (see previous entry on ESC H) will be left out.
5890
5891       HOP ESC H
5892              Put  text  between  mark and current position in HTML tags.  The
5893              "A" tag gets special treatment.
5894
5895   Text block and buffer operations
5896       Note on the Home and End keys
5897              Sometimes people expect the "Home" and "End" keys  to  move  the
5898              cursor  to  the  beginning or end of line, respectively.  In the
5899              keyboard usage approach of mined, these functions can easily and
5900              quite  intuitively  be  invoked with "HOP left" and "HOP right",
5901              i.e. by pressing the keypad keys "5 4" or "5 6" in sequence.  So
5902              there  is  enough room left for mapping the most frequent paste-
5903              buffer functions to the keypad as described above which is  con‐
5904              sidered  much  more  useful.  Use Ctrl-Home and Ctrl-End for the
5905              line positioning functions, depending on  terminal  support  and
5906              configuration;  or use the -k option if preferred to switch key‐
5907              pad key function assignments for the Home  and  End  keys.   See
5908              Keypad  layout above for a motivating overview of the mined key‐
5909              pad assignment features and options.
5910
5911       ^@ (Ctrl-Space)
5912              or Home (on right keypad) or Shift-Home
5913              or ^] or ESC @ or ESC ^
5914              or Stop (sun)or Select (VT100) Set mark (to remember the current
5915              location).
5916
5917       ... with HOP:
5918              Goto mark or: (if on already marked position) Toggle rectangular
5919              selection.
5920
5921       ^Y
5922              or End (on right keypad) or Shift-End
5923              or Copy (sun) or Do (VT100) Copy selected text (between mark and
5924              current  position)  to  paste buffer.  If rectangular copy/paste
5925              mode is selected: Copy rectangular area spanned by mark and cur‐
5926              rent position to paste buffer.
5927
5928       ... with HOP:
5929              Append to buffer.
5930
5931       ^U
5932              or Del (with visual selection) or Shift-Del (small keypad)
5933              or  Cut  (sun) or Remove (VT100) Cut selected text (between mark
5934              and  current  position)  to  paste   buffer.    If   rectangular
5935              copy/paste  mode  is  selected:  Cut rectangular area spanned by
5936              mark and current position to paste buffer.
5937
5938       ... with HOP:
5939              Append to buffer.
5940
5941       ^P or Ins or Ctrl-Ins
5942              or Paste (sun) or InsertHere (VT100)  Paste  contents  of  paste
5943              buffer  to  current position.  If rectangular copy/paste mode is
5944              selected: Paste contents of paste buffer as rectangular area  to
5945              current  position  and  corresponding  positions  of  subsequent
5946              lines.  With ^P or Ctrl-Ins, the cursor  is  placed  before  the
5947              pasted region.  With Ins, the cursor is placed behind the pasted
5948              region unless the option -V was used.
5949              In rxvt, with Ins on the  left  keypad,  the  cursor  is  placed
5950              before (left of) the pasted region.
5951
5952       ... with HOP: (e.g. HOP Ins or ^G^P)
5953              Paste  from inter-window buffer.  Thus you can quickly copy text
5954              from one invocation of mined to another.
5955
5956       →NEW→ Shift-Ins (Windows/cygwin version)
5957              Insert text from  Windows  clipboard,  adapting  lineend  types.
5958              →NEW→  With Ctrl-Shift-Ins, the cursor is also placed before the
5959              pasted region.
5960
5961       Alt-Ins or Ctrl-F4
5962              Replace text just pasted with preceding paste buffer.  This com‐
5963              mand uses a ring of paste buffers (like emacs "yank ring").
5964
5965       ESC b or Shift-F4
5966              Copy contents of paste buffer into a file.
5967
5968       ... with HOP:
5969              Append to file.
5970
5971       ESC i or F4
5972              Insert file at current position.
5973
5974       Print from File menu
5975              Print text being edited (to default printer).
5976
5977       HOP ESC ! or (deprecated) ESC c
5978              Invoke operating system command (prompted for) with paste buffer
5979              as input.
5980
5981   Search
5982       Note on case-insensitive searching
5983              Mined applies case-insensitive search pattern matching where the
5984              search  pattern contains small characters, unless when searching
5985              for an identifier (current  identifier  occurence,  HOP  F8,  or
5986              identifier definition, Alt-t). For a case-sensitive search for a
5987              small letter, use a single-letter range expression like [x] or a
5988              backslash  escape  like  \x  (note, however, that \n and \r have
5989              special meaning).
5990
5991       ESC / or Find or F7 or F8 or / (on keypad)
5992              Search forward (prompt for regular expression).
5993
5994       ... with HOP:
5995              Search for current identifier.
5996
5997       ESC \ or Alt-F7 or Alt-F8 or Alt-/ (on keypad)
5998              Search backward (prompt for regular expression).
5999
6000       HOP F8 or Shift-F9
6001              Search for current identifier.
6002
6003       HOP Alt-F8 or Alt-Shift-F9
6004              Search for current identifier backward.
6005
6006       HOP Shift-F8 or ESC t or Alt-t
6007              Search for definition of current identifier (using  tags  file),
6008              or  open file referred to.  See ESC t below for further descrip‐
6009              tion.
6010
6011       HOP Ctrl-Shift-F8
6012              Search for identifier definition (prompts for identifier).
6013
6014       HOP Ctrl-F8 or Ctrl-Shift-F9
6015              Search for current character.
6016
6017       ^N or F9
6018              Search for next occurence (using previous search expression  and
6019              direction).
6020
6021       ... with HOP:
6022              Repeat  last  but one search; two alternating search expressions
6023              can be used with this command.
6024
6025       Alt-F9 Search again (for last expression) but in  the  opposite  direc‐
6026              tion.
6027
6028       ESC , or Shift-F8
6029              (Global) Substitute (prompt for search and replacement strings).
6030
6031       ESC r or Ctrl-F8
6032              (Global)  Replace  with confirmation prompting (first prompt for
6033              strings).
6034
6035       ESC R or Ctrl-Shift-F8
6036              (Line Replace) Substitute on current line (prompt for strings).
6037
6038       ESC ( or ESC ) or ESC { or ESC }
6039              Perform one of the following  matching  searches,  depending  on
6040              text:  Search  for corresponding bracket matching the bracket at
6041              current position in one  of  the  pairs  (),  [],  {},  <>,  «».
6042              (Nested  matching bracket pairs are skipped.)  In an HTML or XML
6043              file, search for matching tag (nesting considered).  Search  for
6044              matching  /*  */  comment  delimiter.   Search  for matching #if
6045              #else/#elif #endif structures (nesting considered).  On an #else
6046              or  #elif directive, the search direction depends on the command
6047              character, i.e. ESC ( searches backward, ESC ) searches forward.
6048              In  a  mailbox file, on any mail header line, search for next or
6049              previous mail message, depending on the command character,  i.e.
6050              ESC  (  searches backward, ESC ) searches forward.  In a mailbox
6051              file or saved mail message, on a MIME separator, search for next
6052              or  previous MIME separator, depending on the command character,
6053              i.e. ESC ( searches backward, ESC ) searches forward.
6054
6055       ESC t or Alt-t or HOP Shift-F8
6056              Search for and move to the location of the definition of identi‐
6057              fier  at the current cursor position. This command uses the tags
6058              file that can be generated with the ctags  command  (Unix).   It
6059              opens another file if necessary and automatically saves the cur‐
6060              rent file then.
6061              On an  include  statement  (line  beginning  with  "include"  or
6062              "#include"), the command opens the included file.
6063              Like  with  a  number  of positioning commands, ESC t places the
6064              current position on the position marker stack  before  going  to
6065              the location of the identifier definition. The command ESC Enter
6066              (Alt-Enter) can move back to that position, even if edited files
6067              were changed with the command.
6068
6069       HOP ESC t or HOP Ctrl-Shift-F8
6070              Similar, but prompts for identifier.
6071
6072       HOP ESC ( or Alt-F11
6073              Search  for  a character encoded in the "wrong encoding", i.e. a
6074              UTF-8 character in Latin-1 mode, or a Latin-1 character in UTF-8
6075              mode.
6076
6077        Search expressions: Special functions
6078       matches any character
6079
6080       ^      (at begin of pattern) restricts match to the begin of a line
6081
6082       $      (at end of pattern) restricts match to the end of a line
6083
6084       [< character set >]
6085              matches  any one of a set of characters; the set may be given by
6086              listing elements, denoting a range < c1 >...< c2 >, or  negating
6087              the whole set [^< character set >]
6088
6089       \< character >
6090              matches the character literally (except n or r)
6091
6092       < pattern >*
6093              (a  star  appended  to  a plain character of any of the patterns
6094              above) matches a  repetition  of  this  pattern  (zero  or  more
6095              times); not applicable to line end patterns
6096
6097       ^V^J (a literal linefeed character, entered with ^V prefix)
6098              searches for any real newline (to be used embedded in the search
6099              pattern, does not match on last line)
6100
6101       \n→NEW→
6102              searches for a Unix newline (LF) (to be  used  embedded  in  the
6103              search pattern, does not match on last line)
6104
6105       \r     searches  for DOS/Windows newline (CRLF) (to be used embedded in
6106              the search pattern, does not match on last line)
6107
6108       \R→NEW→
6109              searches for Mac newline (CR) (to be used embedded in the search
6110              pattern, does not match on last line)
6111
6112       \0→NEW→
6113              searches for NUL character, represented as a pseudo line end
6114
6115       ^V^M   searches for CR (carriage return) character embedded in a line
6116
6117        Replacement strings: Special functions
6118       &      is replaced by the matched pattern to be replaced
6119
6120       ^V^J or \n
6121              (a  linefeed  character)  embeds a newline (LF character) in the
6122              replacement string
6123
6124       \r     (a carriage return character)  embeds  a  CR  character  in  the
6125              replacement string
6126
6127       To  change  the  line  end  type  of  a line or all lines, use "Lineend
6128       type..." from the Options menu.
6129
6130   File operations
6131       ESC w or F2
6132              Save (write back) current text to file (only if modified).  Save
6133              file  information  (editing position etc), create file info file
6134              if needed.
6135
6136       ... with HOP:
6137              Save current file position and other editing information in file
6138              info file, so that subsequent editing sessions will start at the
6139              current position and remember formatting parameters.
6140
6141       ESC W or Shift-F2
6142              Save (write back) current text to file (unconditionally).   Also
6143              enable  memory  for file positions in current directory (creates
6144              file info file).
6145
6146       Alt-F2 Save As; save current text to file  with  different  name;  file
6147              permissions (access modes) are preserved and cloned.
6148
6149       Ctrl-Shift-F2 or HOP Shift-F2
6150              Save  to  file,  and enable memory for file positions in current
6151              directory (creates file info file).
6152
6153       F3     Edit another file (prompt for save if current text changed).
6154
6155       Ctrl-F3 or ESC v
6156              View another file (prompt for save if current text changed).
6157
6158       ESC V  Toggle between edit mode and view only mode.
6159
6160       ESC q  Quit the editor (prompt for save if current text changed).
6161
6162       ESC ESC or Ctrl-F2
6163              Exit editing current text (save first if changed), continue with
6164              the next file (from the File switcher list); exit mined if there
6165              is no subsequent file to edit.  Note: If a file name  occurs  on
6166              the  command  line  multiple  times  (explicitly  or by wildcard
6167              expansion), file list navigation is not linear.  Note: There  is
6168              a small delay after typing ESC ESC.  (This is in order to enable
6169              recognition of Alt-function key combinations  which  are  imple‐
6170              mented  by  some terminals or terminal modes by prefixing ESC to
6171              the function key escape sequence.) This delay can be avoided  by
6172              using Ctrl-F2.
6173
6174       ESC +  Edit the next file (from the File switcher list) Note: If a file
6175              name occurs on the command line multiple times (explicitly or by
6176              wildcard expansion), file list navigation is not linear.
6177
6178       ... with HOP:
6179              Edit the last file.
6180
6181       ESC -  Edit the previous file (from the File switcher list)
6182
6183       ... with HOP:
6184              Edit the first file.
6185
6186       ESC #  Ask for index into the list of files and edit that file.
6187
6188       ^G N # or ESC g N #
6189              Edit Nth file.  (^G N f also works.)
6190
6191       ESC # #
6192              Reload file currently being edited.
6193
6194   Menu
6195       ESC Space or Alt-Space or Shift-F10
6196              Open Popup menu.
6197
6198       ESC F10 or Alt-F10 or Ctrl-F10
6199              Open first flag menu (Info menu).
6200
6201       ESC f or Alt-f or F10
6202              Open File menu.
6203
6204       ESC < letter > or Alt-< letter >
6205              Open menu.
6206
6207       ESC I or Alt-I or ESC K or Alt-K or Ctrl-F12
6208              Open  the  Input  Method  selection menu.  (Alt-I/Alt-K/Ctrl-F12
6209              also works on prompt line)
6210
6211       ESC Q or Alt-Q
6212              Open the Smart Quotes selection menu.
6213
6214       ESC E or Alt-E
6215              Open the Encoding selection menu.
6216
6217   Miscellaneous
6218       ESC = < count >
6219              Repeat a command < count > times (prompts for count).   Example:
6220              ESC=7<  cursor  down  > moves the cursor 7 lines down.  Note: If
6221              the function to be repeated is a character to  be  inserted  and
6222              the input is keyboard mapped to a multi-character sequence, only
6223              the first character of the sequence is inserted repeatedly.
6224
6225       ESC < count >
6226              Repeat a command < count > times (prompts for  rest  of  count);
6227              this  short  form is only accepted, however, if the repeat count
6228              consists of at least two digits (this is to avoid confusion with
6229              function  key  escape sequences of certain terminals).  Example:
6230              ESC77. enters a line of 77 dots, ESC07x enters "xxxxxxx".
6231
6232       ^V < function key >
6233              Invoke function as if pressed together  with  the  control  key.
6234              E.g.  ^V < cursor-left > moves left into the parts of a combined
6235              character just like Ctrl-cursor-left would do  (the  latter  may
6236              depend on proper terminal setup).
6237
6238       ^\     Abort current command, e.g. while on prompt line.
6239
6240       ESC ?  Show  the  current  status  of the file (name, whether modified,
6241              current line, number of lines, characters, and bytes).
6242
6243       ... with HOP:
6244              Toggle permanent display of text status line.   Note  that  when
6245              editing  a  file  that  does  not fit completely in memory (e.g.
6246              large file on old system), this option  may  cause  considerable
6247              swapping. In that case, do not use the feature.
6248
6249       ESC u  Display  the character code of the current character in the bot‐
6250              tom status line.  (In UTF-8 encoded text mode,  both  the  UTF-8
6251              byte  sequence  and  the  Unicode value are displayed; in CJK or
6252              mapped 8 bit encoded text mode, Han or 8  bit  character  values
6253              and corresponding Unicode values are displayed when applicable.)
6254              In non-Latin-1 encoded text mode, additional Unicode information
6255              is  included,  indicating the script, character category, width,
6256              combining, and surrogate properties of the character.
6257
6258       ... with HOP:
6259              Toggle permanent character code display.
6260
6261       ESC T  Toggle Tab width.  Alternates the width  interpretation  of  Tab
6262              characters between 2-4-8.
6263
6264       ... with HOP:
6265              Toggle Tab expansion (input substitution with spaces).
6266
6267       ESC P  Set  page  length (number of lines that mined assumes to be on a
6268              page). (Useful for status display.)
6269
6270       ESC a  Toggle append mode (append to text buffer/file instead of  over‐
6271              writing).
6272
6273       ESC d  Show  current  directory  /  change  to another one (also change
6274              drive in MSDOS version).
6275              The assumed (relative) file path name as well  as  file  permis‐
6276              sions (access modes) are preserved.
6277
6278       ESC n or Set Name... from File menu
6279              Change  the file name associated with the text being edited; the
6280              file is not actually saved yet but only the  new  file  name  is
6281              used  for  saving  the next time.  The text is detached from the
6282              file previously loaded which is not affected.
6283              All current text editing  properties  (assumed  encoding,  smart
6284              quotes style, margins, ...)  as well as file permissions (access
6285              modes) are preserved.
6286
6287       ESC .  Redraw the screen.
6288
6289       →NEW→ Alt-F12
6290              (In terminals that support an alternate screen view:)
6291              Switch to normal screen (to view command line history and possi‐
6292              bly mouse-copy/paste) until next input.
6293
6294       ESC l  Make screen lower (decrease number of screen lines).
6295
6296       ESC L  Make screen higher (increase number of screen lines).
6297
6298       ESC %  Make screen smaller (decrease screen size).
6299
6300       ESC &  Make screen bigger (increase screen size).
6301
6302       Shift-keypad-Minus
6303              Make font smaller. (Works in mintty and natively in xterm.)
6304
6305       Shift-keypad-Plus
6306              Make font bigger. (Works in mintty and natively in xterm.)
6307
6308       ESC z  Suspend  editor  process;  first write back file if modified (no
6309              write if HOPped or given empty file name on  prompting).   Mined
6310              detects  (by  checking  process  and  group  IDs  and terminals)
6311              whether it is safe to suspend and rejects it otherwise (e.g.  if
6312              it  is run embedded within a terminal, without underlying shell,
6313              or from a shell script).
6314
6315       ESC !  Fork off a shell and wait for it to finish.
6316
6317       ... with HOP:
6318              Invoke operating system command (prompted for) with paste buffer
6319              as input.
6320
6321       F1 or Help or Alt-h or ESC h
6322              Interactive  help function.  Selection of help topics is offered
6323              and prompted; after entering the initial letter, the  respective
6324              help section is shown.
6325              If  another  (modified) F1 key, a modified digit key, or a Ctrl-
6326              modified punctuation key is entered, a corresponding key assign‐
6327              ment help bar is displayed (see F1 F1 etc. below).
6328              The help file mined.hlp is installed with the Mined runtime sup‐
6329              port library. If this is not installed in one  of  the  standard
6330              locations,  the  environment  variable MINEDDIR should be set to
6331              point to the directory so mined can find its help file.
6332
6333       F1 F1 or Shift-F1 or Ctrl-F1 or Alt-F1 or Ctrl-Shift-F1 or Alt-Shift-F1
6334              Display a help bar (in the bottom status line) with short  indi‐
6335              cations  of the functions assigned to the function keys F2... in
6336              the corresponding modified mode (i.e. with Control,  Shift,  and
6337              Alt as requested for the help bar).
6338
6339       ... with HOP:
6340              Toggle permanent help bar display.
6341
6342       F1 Ctrl-1 or F1 Alt-1 or F1 Alt-Ctrl-1
6343              Display  a help bar (in the bottom status line) with short indi‐
6344              cations of the accent prefix functions  assigned  to  the  digit
6345              keys  1..9, 0 in the corresponding modified mode (i.e. with Con‐
6346              trol and Alt as requested for the help bar).
6347
6348       ... with HOP:
6349              Toggle permanent help bar display.
6350
6351       F1 Ctrl-< punctuation key > e.g. F1 Ctrl-,
6352              Display a help bar (in the bottom status line) with short  indi‐
6353              cations of the accent prefix functions assigned to the Ctrl-mod‐
6354              ified punctuation keys.
6355
6356       ... with HOP:
6357              Toggle permanent help bar display.
6358
6359       ESC    While a command is active  and  prompting  (e.g.  for  a  search
6360              expression), ESC aborts the current command.
6361
6362       ESC Space
6363              Do nothing, so the Space key aborts the ESC command.
6364
6365   MSDOS keyboard functions
6366       Ctrl-Alt-Space
6367              Set mark (to remember the current location).
6368
6369       Alt-TAB (not in Windows)
6370              HOP / Go to.
6371
6372       Ctrl-* (on keypad)
6373              HOP / Go to.
6374
6375       Ctrl-/ (on keypad)
6376              Search forward.
6377
6378       Alt-/ (on keypad)
6379              Search backward.
6380
6381       Screen size change functions
6382              MSDOS  screen size changes depend on a table of common VGA video
6383              modes (dosvideo.t).
6384              In the presence of a TSR  driver  which  can  change  fonts  and
6385              screen  modes  while  running a program (e.g. the excellent VGA‐
6386              MAX), the actual change  effective  may  occasionally  be  unex‐
6387              pected.  Mined  recognises such changes after the next character
6388              input and adjusts to them.
6389
6390       Alt-- (on keypad)
6391              Change video lines mode to the mode with the next smaller number
6392              of  lines  but  same number of columns.  (The number of lines is
6393              first tried to be decreased within the current video mode. If it
6394              is already the lowest, the next video mode is chosen.)
6395
6396       Alt-+ (on keypad)
6397              Change  video lines mode to the mode with the next higher number
6398              of lines but same number of columns.
6399
6400       Ctrl-- (on keypad)
6401              Change video mode to the mode with the next smaller total  reso‐
6402              lution (lines * columns).
6403
6404       Ctrl-+ (on keypad)
6405              Change video mode to the mode with the next higher total resolu‐
6406              tion.
6407
6408       HOP Ctrl-/Alt- +/- (on keypad)
6409              Several other video mode settings are prompted  for  (experimen‐
6410              tal).
6411
6412       <!p>
6413
6414   Emacs mode
6415       Mined  emulates  emacs  keyboard  layout and some specific functions if
6416       invoked with the option -e or with the command name alias minmacs.
6417       In emacs mode, emacs command key assignments to control keys, ESC (Meta
6418       commands)  and ^X (C-X commands) are configured.  In addition, the fol‐
6419       lowing emacs-compatible changes apply:
6420
6421              ·      The mined ESC commands can be reached via M-x.  (Function
6422                     keys remain unaffected.)
6423
6424              ·      The Del key (on the small keypad) is configured to delete
6425                     the previous character.
6426
6427              ·      The control key insertion prefix is ^Q.
6428
6429              ·      The quit character (e.g. for the prompt line) is ^G.
6430
6431              ·      The emacs multiple buffer ring is fully enabled.
6432
6433              ·      Paragraph justification mode is set to consider an  empty
6434                     line as paragraph separation by default.
6435
6436              ·      Mined ESC commands can be reached via M-x (Alt-X).
6437
6438              ·      ^\ (Ctrl-\) is interpreted as an additional HOP key.
6439
6440              ·      Keyboard mapping (input method) can be toggled with Ctrl-
6441                     Alt-F12
6442
6443       Command overview:
6444
6445       ^A, ^B, ^E, ^F, ^N, ^P, ^V, M-v, M-b, M-f, M-a, M-e, M-<  ,  M->,  ^X[,
6446       ^X]
6447              cursor and screen movement
6448
6449       ^D     delete character
6450
6451       ^O     insert new line
6452
6453       ^Q     insert literal character
6454
6455       ^@     mark position
6456
6457       ^W / M-w
6458              cut / copy to buffer
6459
6460       ^K     delete to end of line / delete line end, and append to buffer
6461
6462       M-d / M-k
6463              delete word / delete end of sentence, and append to buffer
6464
6465       ^Y     paste buffer
6466
6467       M-y    paste previous buffer, replacing text just pasted
6468
6469       M-u    transform word upper-case
6470
6471       M-l    transform word lower-case
6472
6473       M-c    transform word capitalised (initial upper-case)
6474
6475       ^S, ^R search forward / reverse
6476
6477       M-%    replace with confirmation
6478
6479       M-.    search for identifier definition (using tags file)
6480
6481       ^X^S, ^Xs
6482              save file
6483
6484       ^X^W   save file as (using different name)
6485
6486       ^X^F   edit other file (prompts for name)
6487
6488       ^X^B   edit previous file (among those listed on command line)
6489
6490       ^X^C   quit editor, prompt for saving text first
6491
6492       ^Xk    discard current edit buffer (after confirmation), open new one
6493
6494       ^Xi    insert file
6495
6496       ^X=    display file statistics
6497
6498       ^L     refresh display
6499
6500       ^U, ^X^[
6501              repeat (not as generic numeric command parameter)
6502
6503       ^H     help
6504
6505       ^Z, M-z, ^X^Z
6506              suspend editor
6507
6508       ^\ (mined add-on)
6509              HOP (generic function amplifier / expander)
6510
6511       M-x (Deprecated mined add-on)
6512              invoke mined ESC command
6513
6514       ESC ESC (mined add-on)
6515              invoke mined ESC command
6516
6517       <!p>
6518
6519   Windows keyboard mode
6520       Mined  emulates  typical  Windows control key functions if invoked with
6521       the option +ew; this is enabled automatically when invoking  mined  via
6522       the  wined.bat  script  or  from the Windows explorer context menu of a
6523       text file.
6524       The usual Escape commands and function key assignments  of  mined  also
6525       apply in Windows keyboard mode. Also, ^@ and ^_ are included to provide
6526       the respective functionality.
6527
6528       ^@     mark position
6529
6530       ^C     copy selected text area (between marked and current position)
6531
6532       ^F     search
6533
6534       ^G     goto
6535
6536       ^H     replace (with confirm)
6537
6538       ^O     open other file
6539
6540       ^P     print
6541
6542       ^Q     quit
6543
6544       ^S     save file
6545
6546       ^V     paste
6547
6548       ^W     close file
6549
6550       ^X     cut selected text area (between mark and current position)
6551
6552       ^_     insert control character
6553
6554       <!p>
6555
6556   WordStar mode
6557       Mined emulates WordStar keyboard layout and some specific functions  if
6558       invoked with the option -W or with the command name alias mstar.
6559       The  usual  Escape  commands and function key assignments of mined also
6560       apply in WordStar mode.
6561       In prefixed two-key commands, the control state and case of the  second
6562       key does not matter, e.g. ^K^B, ^KB and ^Kb are identical.
6563
6564       ^S, ^D, ^E, ^X, ^A, ^F, ^R, ^C, ^W, ^Z, ^H
6565              cursor and screen movement
6566
6567       ^G     delete character
6568
6569       ^T     delete word
6570
6571       ^Y     delete line
6572
6573       ^Q^Y   delete to end of line
6574
6575       ^N     insert new line
6576
6577       ^P     insert control character
6578
6579       ^Q^W, ^Q^Z
6580              scroll multiple screen lines
6581
6582       ^Q^F   find
6583
6584       ^Q^A   find and replace (with HOP: with confirm)
6585
6586       ^L     repeat last search
6587
6588       ^Q     HOP key
6589
6590       ^Q, ^K, ^O
6591              two-key command prefixes
6592
6593       ^Q^Q   repeat following command
6594
6595       ^B     paragraph justification (word wrap)
6596
6597       ^OL    set left margins
6598
6599       ^OG    set left margin for first line of paragraph
6600
6601       ^OR    set right margin
6602
6603       ^KB    set marker
6604
6605       ^QB    goto marker
6606
6607       ^Kn    (n=0..9) set marker n
6608
6609       ^Qn    (n=0..9) goto marker n
6610
6611       ^KK    copy between here and marker (not exactly WS function)
6612
6613       ^KC    copy (paste) saved text here (not exactly WS function)
6614
6615       ^KY    delete between here and marker (not exactly WS function)
6616
6617       ^KV    copy (paste) saved text here (not exactly WS function)
6618
6619       ^KW    write paste buffer to file
6620
6621       ^KR    read (insert) file here
6622
6623       ^KS    write (save) edited text to file
6624
6625       ^KD    write (save) edited text to file, edit next file
6626
6627       ^KX    exit (and save)
6628
6629       ^KQ    quit (don't save)
6630
6631       ^KL    change current directory
6632

→NEW→ Configuration of user preferences

6634       User  preferences  can  be  configured  in a runtime configuration file
6635       $HOME/.minedrc. (On Windows systems, if the environment variable %HOME%
6636       is not set, %USERPROFILE%\.minedrc will be used.)  →NEW→ It is possible
6637       to configure conditional preferences based on file type (filename  pat‐
6638       tern) or terminal type.
6639       A  documented  sample  file  is  included  in the Mined runtime support
6640       library as conf_user/minedrc or in the web documentation.
6641       →NEW→ Volatile preferences when editing multiple files:
6642       Note that options relating to editing features (such as tabwidth)  will
6643       be re-established on each file opened, while options relating to inter‐
6644       active behaviour or display  features  (such  as  file_chooser  sorting
6645       options) will remain changed after they are toggled interactively (e.g.
6646       from the Options menu), so the preference selected here is volatile for
6647       them.
6648

Environment interworking and configuration hints

6650       A  number of configuration options have already been addressed through‐
6651       out the manual page. A few more configuration  features  are  mentioned
6652       here.  For  more  details, examples, and other display settings see the
6653       example script conf_user/profile.mined in  the  Mined  runtime  support
6654       library.
6655
6656   Mined runtime support library
6657       The  mined  distribution provides a collection of runtime support files
6658       (in subdirectory usrshare); if mined is installed into  standard  loca‐
6659       tions,  they  are  copied  to  one of the directories /usr/share/mined,
6660       /usr/share/lib/mined,     /usr/local/share/mined,     /opt/mined/share,
6661       $HOME/opt/mined/share  (depending  on operating system and installation
6662       options).
6663
6664       Mined runtime support includes:
6665
6666              ·      Package documentation
6667
6668              package_doc/*
6669                     mined package overview, introduction, change log, license
6670
6671              ·      Web documentation
6672
6673              doc_user/*
6674                     copy of the web documentation including the HTML  version
6675                     of the mined manual page
6676
6677              ·      Interactive help
6678
6679              help/mined.hlp
6680                     help file (for F1 commands)
6681
6682              ·      Configuration example files
6683
6684              conf_user/minedrc
6685                     user  preferences configuration sample file; to be copied
6686                     to $HOME/.minedrc (on Windows systems, if the environment
6687                     variable  %HOME%  is  not  used,  copy the sample file to
6688                     %USERPROFILE%\.minedrc)
6689
6690              conf_user/profile.mined
6691                     shell commands to set environment  variables  for  mined,
6692                     template for inclusion in $HOME/.profile
6693
6694              conf_user/Xdefaults.mined
6695                     xterm  configuration entries suitable for mined, template
6696                     for inclusion in $HOME/.Xdefaults or $HOME/.Xresources
6697
6698              conf_user/xinitrc.mined
6699                     shell commands to activate Xdefaults.mined, template  for
6700                     inclusion in $HOME/.profile
6701
6702              conf_user/kp5
6703                     shell  script to assign the X key symbol Menu to the mid‐
6704                     dle keypad key ("5") as a remedy to the inability of  the
6705                     KDE  konsole  terminal  to  recognise  that key (due to a
6706                     deficieny in the QT framework), thus enabling the HOP key
6707                     in konsole
6708
6709              conf_user/mlterm/main
6710                     mlterm  configuration  to  enable  Alt-key detection, for
6711                     inclusion in $HOME/.mlterm/main
6712
6713              conf_user/mlterm/key
6714                     mlterm configuration for modified (shifted etc)  function
6715                     keys, for inclusion in $HOME/.mlterm/key
6716
6717              conf_user/konsole/xterm-modified.keytab
6718                     KDE  konsole  keyboard configuration providing a terminal
6719                     (called "xterm with key modifiers" in the  konsole  menu)
6720                     with modified (shifted etc) function keys
6721
6722              conf_user/terminator/options
6723                     option  to  be  added for the Terminator Java terminal to
6724                     enable Alt-letter functions
6725
6726              conf_user/MINED-VMS.COM
6727                     commands to define mined commands and set up help for DCL
6728                     on VMS
6729
6730              ·      Scripts to be used at runtime
6731
6732              bin/uprint
6733                     script  for printing a Unicode file, using either paps or
6734                     uniprint for formatting; under Windows, it can  also  use
6735                     notepad /p for printing
6736
6737              ·      Scripts to start mined
6738
6739              bin/uterm
6740                     script  to  invoke xterm in UTF-8 mode; it should also be
6741                     installed into the system binary path  and  has  its  own
6742                     manual page
6743
6744              bin/mterm
6745                     script  to  invoke mlterm with suitable options (for bidi
6746                     support)
6747
6748              bin/umined
6749                     script to start mined in a separate xterm  window,  using
6750                     UTF-8 mode with most recent version of Unicode width data
6751                     (specifying wide and combining characters) as built-in to
6752                     xterm
6753
6754              bin/xmined
6755                     script  to  start mined in a separate xterm window, using
6756                     same encoding mode as currently set
6757
6758              bin/wined
6759                     (on Windows) cygwin script to start  mined  in  a  window
6760                     (using  the  mintty  terminal, applying Windows look-and-
6761                     feel)
6762
6763              bin/wined.bat
6764                     (on Windows) command script to start a  mined  window  in
6765                     Windows keyboard emulation mode
6766
6767              ·      Files to setup a mined installation
6768
6769              setup_install/mined.desktop
6770                     KDE  desktop entry to start mined in an xterm from a menu
6771                     entry, using the uterm script
6772
6773              setup_install/mined.ico
6774                     Cygwin/X desktop icon for adding mined  to  the  Cygwin-X
6775                     Editors section in the Windows Start menu
6776
6777              ·      Scripts to configure an environment for mined
6778
6779              setup_install/bin/configure-xterm
6780                     sample  configuration  script  to build xterm with recom‐
6781                     mended configuration options
6782
6783              setup_install/bin/makeprint
6784                     script to search for or retrieve and build  the  uniprint
6785                     program from the yudit package
6786
6787              setup_install/bin/installfonts
6788                     script  for  downloading  the  Unicode-enhanced  X screen
6789                     fonts and installing them with your X server
6790
6791              setup_install/bin/bdf18to20
6792                     script to transform an 18x18  pixel  double-width  screen
6793                     font  into  a corresponding 20x20 pixel font matching the
6794                     10x20 single-width font (which is  much  nicer  than  the
6795                     9x18)
6796
6797              setup_install/cyg/*
6798                     optional  postinstallation  (not  in  use)  for cygwin to
6799                     install mined with the Windows desktop and  the  Cygwin/X
6800                     menu
6801
6802              setup_install/win/*
6803                     installation of the Windows stand-alone version
6804
6805   PC versions
6806       For  Windows with a cygwin system (http://cygwin.com/), mined is avail‐
6807       able as a cygwin package.
6808       Two other versions are available for DOS/Windows systems:
6809
6810              ·      Stand-alone Windows version,  compiled  with  cygwin.  It
6811                     runs   in  a  Windows  console,  Windows  terminal  (e.g.
6812                     mintty), or X terminal.  It  is  packaged  together  with
6813                     mintty.   Its  installation  registers its invocation (in
6814                     mintty) from the Windows context menu for text files.
6815
6816              ·      DOS version, compiled with djgpp. It runs  on  plain  DOS
6817                     (with some special support of FreeDOS codepage configura‐
6818                     tion) or in a Windows console window (DOS command window)
6819                     but  not in a typical terminal application like mintty or
6820                     xterm.   It  supports  long   file   names   in   Windows
6821                     98/2000/XP/... (not NT4.0).
6822       See the mined web site http://towo.net/mined/ for download.
6823
6824       For  hints  on PC-specific terminal configuration issues, see PC termi‐
6825       nals below.
6826
6827   VMS version
6828       Mined runs on OpenVMS, with a number of specific adaptations especially
6829       in file handling.
6830
6831              ·      Options  containing  capital  letters  need to be quoted,
6832                     e.g.  MINED "-Qa" [-]*.com.  Mined options  can  also  be
6833                     passed in the symbol MINED$OPT.
6834
6835              ·      Filename  wildcard  expansion  is applied, accepting both
6836                     Unix-like and VMS-native subdirectory notations.
6837
6838              ·      File versions can optionally be specified and are handled
6839                     properly;  for  example,  an  explicit version opened for
6840                     editing can be saved and will be the most recent  version
6841                     as expected.
6842                     Note:  To  combine wildcards with version specifications,
6843                     use VMS-native pathname notation (and do not use a  final
6844                     ";"  without version specification), e.g.: []x*;* to edit
6845                     all versions of all files x* [.cmd]x*;1 to edit version 1
6846                     of all files cmd/x*
6847
6848              ·      The file chooser accepts Unix-like or VMS-style directory
6849                     notations  for  navigation.   Switching  to  the  current
6850                     directory  (TAB or Enter) which is the first entry of the
6851                     file chooser list, displayed in VMS style, turns the file
6852                     list into VMS-style listing of all file versions.
6853                     Logical  names  can  be  used  for direct navigation if a
6854                     final ":" is included (like SYS$LOGIN:).
6855
6856              ·      Note that opening the file chooser may be slow  on  large
6857                     directories.
6858
6859              ·      If the terminal window is resized while mined is running,
6860                     mined will notice and adjust after  an  explicit  refresh
6861                     (ESC  .).  The  system,  however,  is not notified of the
6862                     changed window size in this case. Please  resize  (again)
6863                     when back on the command line.
6864
6865              ·      The  capability  to accept terminal copy-paste is limited
6866                     by the VMS 80 character input buffer (not limited on emu‐
6867                     lated  VMS,  e.g.   on "Personal Alpha"). For some remote
6868                     terminals  (mintty,  rxvt),  full  Unicode  data  version
6869                     detection is disabled to reduce start-up delay.
6870
6871              ·      The  file info memory files are called .$mined instead of
6872                     .@mined, recovery files  are  called  $name$  instead  of
6873                     #name#.
6874
6875              ·      In  the VAX version, CJK character encodings, Han charac‐
6876                     ter information, and Unicode character information tables
6877                     are  not  included  by  default.  Alpha and IA64 versions
6878                     include all Unicode and character encoding features.
6879
6880              ·      For hints related to the DECterm window, see below.
6881       See the template script MINED-VMS.COM in the conf_user subdirectory  of
6882       the  Mined runtime support library or the file README.vms (MINED.README
6883       in the VMS binary package) for installation hints.
6884
6885   Android version
6886       There are a number of deviations from typical Linux systems; mined pro‐
6887       vides  workarounds  where  necessary.  Mined runs on Android with these
6888       Apps installed:
6889
6890              ·      C4droid (needed as container for gcc)
6891
6892              ·      GCC for C4droid (to compile mined)
6893
6894              ·      Better Terminal (recommended, for shell and terminal)
6895
6896              ·      UniversalAndroot (to access gcc from terminal shell)  for
6897                     Android < 4
6898
6899   Terminal environment
6900       For terminal-specific hints, see Terminal interworking problems below
6901
6902       On  Unix, the terminal type is determined from the environment variable
6903       TERM. The termcap/terminfo mechanism is used to derive the actual prop‐
6904       erties  of the terminal; for some terminals (cygwin, xterm, rxvt, vt*),
6905       this information is also built-in as a fallback in case terminal infor‐
6906       mation  is not available on a system (this is especially useful for the
6907       cygwin stand-alone version).
6908
6909       Recognition of some special terminal features or restrictions is  asso‐
6910       ciated  with  the  setting  of TERM (xterm, linux, vt100, sun*, cygwin,
6911       rxvt, *ansi*, 9780*, hp*, xterm-hp, superbee*, sb*, microb*,  scoansi*,
6912       xterm-sco, cons*, att605-pc, ti_ansi, mgterm).  Non-trivial screen fea‐
6913       tures (like scroll reverse, add/delete line, erase multiple characters)
6914       are used if their support is indicated in the termcap/terminfo descrip‐
6915       tion of the terminal unless other information is available (e.g.  after
6916       terminal  version  detection, an older xterm is supposed not to support
6917       erase characters).  Since colour support is often not configured within
6918       terminfo  but  modern  terminals  do  support it, mined always tries to
6919       apply colour attributes (if the terminal at least supports ANSI control
6920       sequences).  A  number of other "best practice" approaches are taken to
6921       optimize the usage of terminal capabilities, esp.   covering  different
6922       methods of graphics display support (for menu borders).
6923
6924       For  detection  of  function keys and cursor keys, the escape sequences
6925       being used by terminals are often not  known  to  an  operating  system
6926       environment  because  they  are  poorly  and  incompletely  configured.
6927       Because this does usually not work as expected  (see  this  bug  report
6928       just  for an example), mined does not rely on the termcap/terminfo con‐
6929       figuration of function key codes  alone  (which  it  considers  however
6930       since  mined 2000.14); rather it always accepts a wide variety of typi‐
6931       cal codes.  A few ambiguous codes are resolved according  to  the  TERM
6932       variable.
6933
6934       In an xterm, window headline and icon text are set to the current file‐
6935       name and "(*)" is added if the text has been modified.
6936
6937        Locale configuration
6938       The locale mechanism as implemented on modern systems has a  number  of
6939       design  problems,  one  being  that  there  is  no explicit distinction
6940       between text encoding and terminal encoding although this is  obviously
6941       a very different thing and mixed combinations of both may occur and are
6942       actually supported by mined.
6943       For this reason, mined extends the locale environment  variable  mecha‐
6944       nism  with  the  variable TEXTLANG which is only considered for assumed
6945       text encoding (with precedence over  the  standard  locale  variables),
6946       →NEW→ and also considers LANGUAGE with precedence.
6947       →NEW→  If  one  of these additional locale variables (LANGUAGE or TEXT‐
6948       LANG) is used, mined also implicitly enables smart quotes.
6949       Also mined provides command line parameters to explicit override either
6950       text  or terminal encoding (UTF-8 terminal encoding, however, is always
6951       auto-detected if the terminal provides the information).
6952
6953              ·      For text encoding, mined checks the variables →NEW→  LAN‐
6954                     GUAGE, TEXTLANG, LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, LANG in this order.
6955
6956              ·      For terminal encoding, mined checks the variables LC_ALL,
6957                     LC_CTYPE, LANG in this order.
6958
6959              ·      Explicit command line parameters are available to specify
6960                     either terminal encoding (+E) or text encoding (-E). They
6961                     override environment variable settings.
6962
6963              ·      UTF-8 terminal auto-detection  overrides  other  terminal
6964                     encoding settings.
6965
6966              ·      Text  encoding  auto-detection overrides environment set‐
6967                     tings but not command line settings.
6968
6969              ·      Assumed text encoding can be switched while editing.
6970
6971       For encoding  recognition  from  locale  environment  variables,  mined
6972       recognises  locale  specifications  typically found in system installa‐
6973       tions, including those which do not include an explicit  encoding  suf‐
6974       fix.  Known  character encoding suffixes ("codeset" component of locale
6975       name, starting with ".") are recognised regardless of whether the given
6976       locale  is  installed  or not. Other encodings are recognised by region
6977       suffix (starting with "_") or full locale name or alias.
6978       In addition to hard-coded  locale  recognition  (especially  for  CJK),
6979       locale  values  and associated encodings are configured in the compile-
6980       time configuration file locales.cfg which especially lists locale names
6981       that  do  not have an explicit encoding suffix.  You can use these set‐
6982       tings (known locale name or generic locale name suffix) even on  legacy
6983       systems  without  locale  support  to indicate the terminal environment
6984       properly to mined.  For encoding recognition from command-line  parame‐
6985       ters, mined provides the following options:
6986
6987              ·      -EX  or  +EX  with a single-letter encoding tag as listed
6988                     with the description of the -E options; further  encoding
6989                     tags  are  configured  in  the compile-time configuration
6990                     file charmaps.cfg.
6991
6992              ·      -E=charmap or +E=charmap with a character  encoding  name
6993                     (as reported by the locale charmap command).
6994
6995              ·      -E.suffix  or  +E.suffix with a character encoding suffix
6996                     ("codeset" of locale name).
6997
6998              ·      -E:flag or +E:flag with a  2-letter  indication  used  by
6999                     mined  to  indicate  the  respective text encoding in the
7000                     Encoding flag.
7001
7002              ·      →NEW→ -E- or -E  disables  text  encoding  auto-detection
7003                     which is then derived from the locale environment.
7004
7005       In these options, -E specifies
7006              text  encoding  while  +E  would specify terminal encoding to be
7007              assumed.
7008
7009       The following table lists encodings and major codepages that are recog‐
7010       nised  by a generic locale suffix or country code; in addition (as men‐
7011       tioned above), a large number of locale names without  encoding  suffix
7012       as  found  on  various  systems  is known to mined and will cause it to
7013       assume the corresponding terminal encoding.
7014
7015       Unicode: UTF-8
7016              suffixes: .UTF-8 / .utf8
7017
7018       Traditional Chinese (Hongkong): Big5 with HKSCS (includes CP950)
7019              suffixes: .BIG5* / .Big5* / .big5* / _HK / _TW  (_TW  ambiguous,
7020              following encoding overrides)
7021
7022       Simplified Chinese: GB18030 (includes CP936, GBK and GB2312)
7023              suffixes: .GB* / .gb* / .EUC-CN / .euccn / _CN.EUC / _CN
7024
7025       Traditional Chinese (Taiwan): CNS (EUC-TW)
7026              suffixes: .EUC-TW / .euctw / .eucTW / _TW.EUC
7027
7028       Japanese: EUC-JP
7029              suffixes:  .EUC-JP  /  .eucjp / .eucJP / .ujis / _JP.EUC / _JP /
7030              .euc (.euc ambiguous, more specific string overrides)
7031
7032       Japanese: Shift_JIS / CP932
7033              suffixes: .Shift_JIS / .shiftjis / .sjis / .SJIS
7034
7035       Korean Unified Hangul: UHC / CP949 (includes EUC-KR)
7036              suffixes: .UHC / .EUC-KR / .euckr / .eucKR / _KR.EUC / _KR
7037
7038       Korean: Johab
7039              suffixes: .JOHAB
7040
7041       Vietnamese: VISCII
7042              suffixes: .viscii
7043
7044       Vietnamese: TCVN
7045              suffixes: .tcvn
7046
7047       Thai: TIS-620
7048              suffixes: .tis* / .TIS* / _TH / .iso8859[-]11 / .ISO8859[-]11
7049
7050       Latin-9: ISO 8859-15
7051              suffixes: @euro / .iso8859[-]15 / .ISO8859[-]15
7052
7053       Cyrillic: ISO 8859-5
7054              suffixes: @cyrillic (unless preceded by  uz_UZ  which  indicates
7055              UTF-8)
7056
7057       Latin or other: ISO 8859 encodings
7058              suffixes: .iso8859[-]N / .ISO8859[-]N (with number N)
7059
7060       Russian Cyrillic: KOI8-R
7061              suffixes: .koi8r
7062
7063       Ukrainian Cyrillic: KOI8-U
7064              suffixes: .koi8u
7065
7066       Tadjikistan Cyrillic: KOI8-T
7067              suffixes: .koi8t
7068
7069       Russian, Ukrainian, Byelorussian Cyrillic: KOI8-RU
7070              suffixes: .koi
7071
7072       MacRoman:
7073              suffixes: .roman
7074
7075       Windows Latin: CP1252
7076              suffixes: .cp1252
7077
7078       Windows Cyrillic: CP1251
7079              suffixes: .cp1251
7080
7081       PC Latin: CP850
7082              suffixes: .cp850
7083
7084       Windows Hebrew: CP1255
7085              suffixes: .cp1255
7086
7087       Georgian: Georgian-PS
7088              suffixes: .georgianps
7089
7090       Armenian: ARMSCII
7091              suffixes: .ARMSCII-8
7092
7093       Kazachstan Cyrillic: PT154
7094              suffixes: .pt154
7095
7096       Examples:  To  indicate that mined is running in a UTF-8 terminal (nor‐
7097       mally auto-detected, included here for demonstration) and should assume
7098       GB18030 text encoding by default, invoke either of:
7099
7100       LC_ALL=whatever.UTF-8 TEXTLANG=zh_CN.gbk mined
7101
7102       LC_CTYPE=whatever.UTF-8 LANGUAGE=chinese mined
7103
7104       LANG=whatever.UTF-8 mined -EG
7105
7106       LC_ALL=en_IN mined -E.gbk
7107
7108       mined +EU -E.EUC-CN
7109
7110       mined +EU -E=GB18030
7111
7112       mined +EU -E:GB
7113
7114       Selecting  UTF-16 text mode: To tell mined to interpret a file (or make
7115       a new file) in UTF-16 encoding, use the following command line  options
7116       (first two little endian, then big endian):
7117
7118       mined -E:61
7119
7120       mined -E=UTF-16LE
7121
7122       mined -E:16
7123
7124       mined -E=UTF-16BE
7125
7126       mined -E=UTF-16
7127
7128       Selecting  ASCII terminal mode: To tell mined to assume that a terminal
7129       cannot display anything but ASCII  characters,  use  the  command  line
7130       option +E:AS.  Mined implicitly assumes this setting if the environment
7131       variable TERM indicates a VT52 terminal.
7132
7133        PC terminals
7134       Character encoding of PC terminals is an even greater mess than on Unix
7135       systems. Mined provides heuristic best-guess assumptions about terminal
7136       encoding, supporting both local invocation as well as remote login from
7137       a PC (e.g. to a Unix machine).
7138
7139       The  following  assumptions  are made based on environment variables or
7140       command-line parameters:
7141
7142       encoding ("codepage")
7143              environment
7144              option
7145              examples
7146
7147       CP850 (PC mapping of Latin-1 character set)
7148              TERM=ansi, ansi-nt, pcansi*, hpansi*,  interix*  or  TERM=cygwin
7149              and   CYGWIN  contains  "codepage:oem"  or  LC_*/LANG  indicates
7150              ".CP850"
7151              +EP
7152
7153       ·      Windows console (DOS prompt) window
7154
7155       ·      Windows console mode telnet (even if called from cygwin console,
7156              sets TERM=ansi)
7157
7158       CP437 (IBM PC VGA encoding)
7159              TERM=nansi*,  ansi.*,  opennt*,  *-emx*  or  LC_*/LANG indicates
7160              ".CP437"
7161              +Ep
7162
7163       ·      plain DOS
7164
7165       CP1252 (Windows ANSI extension of Latin-1)
7166              TERM=cygwin (unless LC_*/LANG or CYGWIN indicates  other  encod‐
7167              ing)
7168              +EW
7169
7170       ·      cygwin 1.5 console or application
7171
7172       ·      older Windows GUI telnet (sets TERM=ansi)
7173
7174       UTF-8
7175              LC_*/LANG  indicates ".UTF-8" or (for cygwin 1.7 beta) TERM=cyg‐
7176              win and CYGWIN contains "codepage:utf8"
7177              +U
7178
7179       ·      cygwin 1.7 console or application configured for UTF-8 mode
7180
7181              ·      Note: Windows console in  UTF-8  mode  provides  extended
7182                     Unicode font support if you select "Lucida Console" True‐
7183                     Type font from its Properties menu.
7184
7185       other codepages
7186              LC_*/LANG indicates codepage, e.g. ".CP1250" or ".CP858"
7187              or triggered by DOS codepage  information  (djgpp  version,  see
7188              note)
7189              +E=CP1250 or other codepage, or respective shortcut
7190
7191       ·      cygwin  1.7  console  or  application  configured for respective
7192              codepage
7193
7194       Note: It is not unlikely that the assumption about the terminal  encod‐
7195       ing  taken  by  mined does not match the actual terminal encoding (e.g.
7196       mined cannot determine the encoding  based  on  the  ambiguous  setting
7197       TERM=ansi).  Environment variables that indicate the character encoding
7198       are unfortunately not maintained through telnet or remote login.
7199       Explicitly setting TERM to a suitable value after remote login may help
7200       but may not always work (e.g. pcansi is not a known terminal on SunOS).
7201       Explicitly setting locale variables, e.g. LC_CTYPE,  may  indicate  the
7202       encoding  to  mined  but may cause trouble otherwise; some systems like
7203       SunOS are dogmatic about interpreting locale variables and strictly ask
7204       corresponding  locale  data to be installed or they will flood you with
7205       bogus error messages.  Also not all encodings, esp. PC "codepages", are
7206       known as a "locale charmap" on other systems.
7207       In  these  cases,  you can use the explicit +E option to force mined to
7208       assume a specific terminal encoding; see the option values listed above
7209       for the main DOS encodings.
7210
7211       Note:  The  encoding  emulated  by cygwin (as configured, or by default
7212       typically CP1252 for cygwin 1.5, UTF-8  for  cygwin  1.7)  is  not  the
7213       encoding  natively  applied  by  the Windows console window (by default
7214       typically the DOS codepage  CP850).   This  means  that  the  effective
7215       encoding  may be different if you invoke the cygwin-compiled mined ver‐
7216       sion and the djgpp-compiled mined version alternatingly; you may notice
7217       this  by  a  different  range  of characters that can be displayed when
7218       opening the same file with the two mined versions.
7219       Some Windows Latin characters are poorly displayed by the Windows  con‐
7220       sole  in  default  configuration; cygwin 1.7 can display all characters
7221       properly if the Windows console font is configured to "Lucida  Console"
7222       rather than "Raster Fonts".
7223       In  a cygwin console on a non-cygwin system (after remote login), mined
7224       assumes ASCII as the terminal encoding by default unless properly indi‐
7225       cated by environment variables.
7226
7227       Note:  The  following DOS codepages are supported; they are mainly pro‐
7228       vided as terminal codepages, they do not appear in the  Encoding  menu.
7229       However,  if  you  need,  you  can  ask mined to use them as either the
7230       assumed terminal encoding (e.g. +E=CP1250 or +E:WE) or even text encod‐
7231       ing  (e.g.  -E=CP1250  or  -E:WE) using the names or shortcuts from the
7232       list:
7233
7234       CP437
7235              PC
7236              DOS US
7237
7238       CP720
7239              DA
7240              →NEW→ DOS Arabic
7241
7242       CP737
7243              37
7244              DOS Greek
7245
7246       CP775
7247              75
7248              DOS Baltic
7249
7250       CP850
7251              PL
7252              DOS Western European
7253
7254       CP852
7255              52
7256              DOS Central European
7257
7258       CP853
7259              53
7260              South European, Esperanto
7261
7262       CP855
7263              55
7264              DOS Cyrillic
7265
7266       CP857
7267              57
7268              DOS Turkish
7269
7270       CP858
7271              58
7272              DOS Western, CP850 with Euro symbol
7273
7274       CP860
7275              60
7276              DOS Portuguese
7277
7278       CP861
7279              61
7280              DOS Icelandic
7281
7282       CP862
7283              62
7284              DOS Hebrew
7285
7286       CP863
7287              63
7288              DOS French Canadian
7289
7290       CP864E
7291              64
7292              DOS Arabic (CP864E, variant of AR864 (superset of CP864))
7293
7294       CP865
7295              65
7296              DOS Nordic
7297
7298       CP866
7299              66
7300              DOS Russian
7301
7302       CP869
7303              69
7304              DOS Modern Greek
7305
7306       CP874
7307              TI
7308              Windows Thai, superset of ISO-8859-11/TIS-620
7309
7310       CP1125
7311              25
7312              DOS Ukraine
7313
7314       CP1131
7315              31
7316              →NEW→ DOS Byelorussian/Ukrainian
7317
7318       CP1250
7319              WE
7320              Windows Central European
7321
7322       CP1251
7323              WC
7324              Windows Cyrillic
7325
7326       CP1252
7327              WL
7328              Windows Western European
7329
7330       CP1253
7331              WG
7332              Windows Greek
7333
7334       CP1254
7335              WT
7336              Windows Turkish
7337
7338       CP1255
7339              He
7340              Windows Hebrew
7341
7342       CP1256
7343              WA
7344              Windows Arabic
7345
7346       CP1257
7347              WB
7348              Windows Baltic
7349
7350       CP1258
7351              WV
7352              →NEW→ Windows Vietnamese
7353
7354       Note: For the djgpp version of mined, even the font chosen for the Win‐
7355       dows console window may affect the effective display encoding.  Config‐
7356       ure "Raster Fonts" (except of size "10 x 20"!), not "Lucida Console" in
7357       order to make sure the effective visual codepage is the same as the one
7358       selected with the respective DOS  tools  (e.g.  chcp)  and  assumed  by
7359       mined.
7360
7361       Note:  Mined  (djgpp) tries to determine the DOS/Windows codepage using
7362       the DOS API; this can only work if the codepage was properly configured
7363       with  DOS  means  (e.g.  with  CP858  using  CHCP  858  or  MODE CON CP
7364       SELECT=858, maybe enabled by  DEVICE=...\DISPLAY.SYS  CON=(EGA,858)  on
7365       old  DOS,  or  MODE CON CP PREP=((codepage list) ...\ega.cpi)); if only
7366       the font is switched to a differently encoded one, there is no  way  to
7367       detect this - in this case you can still use environment setting or the
7368       +E option as described above to indicate the terminal encoding.
7369
7370       Note: To enable mouse operation in a Windows console window, deactivate
7371       "QuickEdit mode" in the properties menu.
7372
7373       Note:  If  the DOS screen size is changed by a TSR (e.g. VGAMAX using a
7374       hotkey), mined does not notice this immediately; in  that  case,  mined
7375       adjusts its screen display only after the next key is typed.
7376
7377       Note: Running mined (djgpp) in a dosemu session (DOS emulator on Linux)
7378       works fine, even in an xterm-embedded session although not perfectly in
7379       that  case:  ^S  and  ^Q are interpreted for flow control (thus ^S will
7380       hold all output until ^Q is entered), and the mined option  -Qa  should
7381       be used to tune menu borders right.
7382
7383        Terminal setup and configuration
7384       The  Mined  runtime  support library includes a number of configuration
7385       files providing settings that should be applied  to  various  terminals
7386       for  proper  operation of several features as described throughout this
7387       manual:
7388
7389              ·      Xdefaults.mined for major  X  Windows  terminals:  xterm,
7390                     rxvt,  some  CJK  xterm  derivates  (cxterm,  kterm). The
7391                     script xinitrc.mined (and optionally kp5) can be used  to
7392                     establish the suggested settings.
7393
7394              ·      konsole/xterm-modified.keytab  for  KDE  konsole keyboard
7395                     definitions
7396
7397              ·      mlterm/key and mlterm/main for  mlterm  keyboard  defini‐
7398                     tions
7399
7400              ·      terminator/options for terminator keyboard definitions
7401
7402       In some terminals, the cursor may not be well visible or not visible at
7403       all if the cursor is on a character with  reverse  background  (control
7404       character,  occurs  e.g.  in  xterm) or highlighted background (invalid
7405       character code, occurs e.g.  in xterm and rxvt).  See  the  X  resource
7406       parameters  for  "cursorColor"  in  the example configuration file Xde‐
7407       faults.mined for remedy.
7408
7409       If mouse wheel movement moves more than expected, especially if it can‐
7410       not  move  by  single items in a menu, this is probably a configuration
7411       issue with your mouse driver.  You are probably running a Windows-based
7412       X  server  which  is (often by default) configured to generate multiple
7413       mouse wheel events on each actual mouse wheel movement.  Often not even
7414       in the Control Panel mouse section, but only in a configuration menu of
7415       mouse-specific setup software (e.g. "Browser Mouse Settings"),  config‐
7416       ure the scroll unit to 1.
7417
7418        Terminal interworking problems
7419       With  some  terminals,  problems are known due to missing terminal fea‐
7420       tures or terminal bugs:
7421
7422       any terminal: menu border display
7423
7424       ·      If the borders of mined menus  appear  as  letters  rather  than
7425              graphic  borders, the terminal can unexpectedly not handle VT100
7426              graphics.  Use the option -Qa to switch  to  ASCII  borders,  or
7427              -fff to limit font assumptions.
7428              In  a  UTF-8 terminal, mined uses Unicode Box Drawing characters
7429              by default.  If they don't display they are missing in the  font
7430              used  by  the  terminal.   Use the option -Qv to switch to VT100
7431              graphics or -Qa to switch to ASCII graphics. If borders are vis‐
7432              ible  but without corners, use -Qs to switch to simple rectangu‐
7433              lar borders.
7434
7435       any terminal: slow terminal feature auto-detection
7436
7437       ·      On a slow remote terminal connection, escape sequences from  the
7438              terminal   (sent   for   function  keys  or  requested  terminal
7439              responses) may get delayed and split up.  Mined tries to  handle
7440              delayed  parts  of  escape sequences graciously (→NEW→  improved
7441              again); however, this is limited as the explicit ESC  key  shall
7442              also be recognised.
7443              If  messages  like  "Late  screen  mode  response - ..."  (after
7444              startup), "...awaiting  slow  terminal  response"  (esp.   after
7445              startup),  "...awaiting slow key code sequence" or "...absorbing
7446              delayed terminal..." occur, escape  sequence  detection  may  be
7447              adjusted by setting the environment variable ESCDELAY to a value
7448              of 2000 or 3000.  (Delay during startup may apparently  also  be
7449              caused  by  on-demand  font  loading of rxvt or mlterm, however,
7450              mined applies special handling for this case.)
7451
7452       ·      If proper terminal detection fails for delay reasons, mined  may
7453              especially  not  be  aware of the terminal encoding (and display
7454              line markers as blocks). In this case,  exiting  and  restarting
7455              mined should resolve the issue.
7456
7457       xterm
7458
7459       ·      To enable proper Alt-letter command input (for opening and navi‐
7460              gating menus), set the xterm resource  metaSendsEscape  to  true
7461              (or with older versions of xterm, set eightBitInput to false) in
7462              your X configuration (usually  $HOME/.Xdefaults  or  $HOME/.Xre‐
7463              sources) as suggested in the example file Xdefaults.mined in the
7464              Mined runtime support library.
7465
7466       ·      Although it is a waste of keyboard resources to have two  indis‐
7467              tinguishable  sets  of  keypad  keys,  most terminals provide no
7468              means of distinguish them towards the applications, at least not
7469              by default. Especially for a text editor, it is highly desirable
7470              to distinguish them in order to have a rich  intuitive  function
7471              key mapping at disposition which mined tries to achieve.
7472              One approach to improve mapping of useful key functions would be
7473              actual keyboard remapping (applicable on some  terminals);  this
7474              is a delicate approach, though, because it may create incompati‐
7475              bilities with other programs that  rely  strictly  on  installed
7476              terminfo  information.  Mined provides remapping recommendations
7477              for shifted keypad keys (with Shift, Control, Alt  and  combina‐
7478              tions of them) in the configuration sample files Xdefaults.mined
7479              (for xterm), konsole/xterm-modified.keytab  (for  KDE  konsole),
7480              mlterm/key (for mlterm), in the Mined runtime support library.
7481              Due  to  the compatibility limitations mentioned above, however,
7482              the two Ins keys remain indistinguishable, and the two Del  keys
7483              are  only  distinguishable  if  the xterm configuration resource
7484              *VT100*deleteIsDEL is set. Also, keypad and function key modifi‐
7485              cation   with  the  Alt  is  ensured  with  the  xterm  resource
7486              *VT100*metaSendsEscape. Both resources are set to  true  in  the
7487              configuration sample file just mentioned.
7488              These  two  resources  can  also  be set dynamically with xterm.
7489              Mined can be told to do so with  the  command  line  option  +D.
7490              (Unfortunately  this handling cannot be enabled by default as it
7491              cannot be undone because the previous state cannot be detected.)
7492
7493       ·      Mined determines the xterm version in  order  to  apply  certain
7494              workarounds conditionally.
7495
7496       ·      If  you run xterm in VT220 keyboard mode (using xterm option -kt
7497              vt220  or  setting  the  configuration  resource  *keyboardType:
7498              vt220) you should make sure to also set the environment variable
7499              TERM=vt220 (e.g. using the xterm option -tn vt220 or setting the
7500              configuration  resource  *termName: vt220) so mined can properly
7501              set up the keypad functions.
7502
7503       ·      If you run xterm with the resource modifyCursorKeys  or  modify‐
7504              FunctionKeys  set to value 1, mined will recognise the according
7505              keyboard  sequences  with  the  environment   variable   setting
7506              TERM=xterm-sco.
7507
7508       xterm on cygwin
7509
7510       ·      On  cygwin, as on other systems, the script uterm is recommended
7511              to invoke an xterm that is properly configured to run UTF-8, and
7512              also to use a best choice of fonts for optimal Unicode coverage.
7513              See README.cygwin for more detailed advice.
7514
7515       xterm legacy CJK width mode
7516
7517       ·      Mined auto-detects and supports xterm legacy CJK width  compati‐
7518              bility  mode (xterm -cjk_width); character width and menu border
7519              layout are properly adjusted, stylish  menu  borders  (-QQ)  and
7520              fine-grained scroll bar display are disabled by default.  (Note:
7521              In this mode, combining characters could unexpectedly change the
7522              width  of a character by being substituted with its wide precom‐
7523              posed form (e.g. 'a' combined with U+0300) - which  an  applica‐
7524              tion  can  hardly handle; this bug was fixed in xterm 224 with a
7525              patch contributed by the mined author.)
7526
7527       rxvt
7528
7529       ·      When starting mined in a fresh rxvt  terminal,  and  maybe  even
7530              after  starting your X server, some display (font?)  initializa‐
7531              tion may take extremely long. If this results in an  error  mes‐
7532              sage,  restart  mined to ensure proper terminal properties auto-
7533              detection.
7534
7535       ·      Rxvt does not distinguish between Shift-F1 and  F11  /  Shift-F2
7536              and  F12  / Ctrl-Shift-F1 and Ctrl-F11 / Ctrl-Shift-F2 and Ctrl-
7537              F12, so that the F1 and F2 keys modified with  Shift  cannot  be
7538              recognised in rxvt by default.  They can however be enabled with
7539              the keysym definitions in the file Xdefaults.mined in the  Mined
7540              runtime support library.
7541
7542       ·      In  rxvt, the two keypad Del keys (small keypad, numeric keypad)
7543              are automatically distinguished from each other and  invoke  the
7544              Delete  character  (small keypad) and Cut (numeric keypad) func‐
7545              tions, respectively  (Ctrl-/Shift-/Alt-  alternatives  are  sup‐
7546              ported  as described in this manual).  This works, however, only
7547              if mined can recognise rxvt; it is generally a bad idea  to  set
7548              TERM=xterm in rxvt, see also hint below.
7549
7550       ·      Also  in  rxvt,  the  two  keypad  Ins  keys (small keypad left,
7551              numeric keypad right) are distinguished. The left Ins key  posi‐
7552              tions  the  cursor  left of the pasted region, the right Ins key
7553              positions it right.
7554
7555       ·      By setting rxvt in the mode that enables distinction between the
7556              two keypads, it can unfortunately not distinguish the right key‐
7557              pad modified with Ctrl-  anymore,  so  Ctrl-Home/End/Del  cannot
7558              work as desired.
7559
7560       ·      Ctrl-modified  punctuation  keys can be enabled by following the
7561              configuration samples of the file Xdefaults.mined in  the  Mined
7562              runtime support library.
7563              Note:  Ctrl-modified and shifted punctuation keys interfere with
7564              ISO 14755 input mode of rxvt; if the following  key  is  entered
7565              twice,  that  mode  is  aborted and the modified punctuation key
7566              becomes effective as an accent prefix in mined.
7567
7568       ·      To enable proper Alt-letter command input (for opening and navi‐
7569              gating  menus),  set  the rxvt resource meta8 to false in your X
7570              configuration (usually $HOME/.Xdefaults or $HOME/.Xresources) as
7571              suggested  in the example file Xdefaults.mined in the Mined run‐
7572              time support library.
7573
7574       ·      Later rxvt-unicode provides a CJK terminal emulation.  CJK  dis‐
7575              play  is  buggy  for  characters that rxvt thinks cannot be dis‐
7576              played, especially for GB18030 (LC_CTYPE=zh_CN.gb18030 rxvt) but
7577              also  e.g.  for EUC-JP (LC_CTYPE=ja_JP.eucjp rxvt); single bytes
7578              are then interpreted instead which amounts to  an  unpredictable
7579              screen  width  and  cannot  be correctly handled.  (This applies
7580              mainly to character codes that are not  mapped  to  Unicode  but
7581              also to many that are mapped.)
7582              Moreover, CJK width handling is inconsistent for many characters
7583              in rxvt CJK mode (rxvt claims to adhere to the locale  mechanism
7584              in  this respect but that's not the case here - character widths
7585              are inconsistent with the locale, too).
7586              Remedy: Don't use rxvt in CJK-encoded mode; mined  CJK  terminal
7587              support  is  tailored  to  native CJK terminals (such as cxterm,
7588              kterm, hanterm) where it works fine - if you use a UTF-8-capable
7589              terminal, use it in UTF-8 mode! Mined can edit CJK-encoded files
7590              well in a UTF-8-encoded terminal.
7591
7592       ·      In rxvt, Unicode characters that are  Not  Assigned  are  always
7593              displayed  as  a single-width replacement character. This is not
7594              consistent with xterm behaviour which would display  them  as  a
7595              double-width  replacement  if  they are located within a double-
7596              width Unicode range (which sounds reasonable). This would  cause
7597              display  positioning inconsistencies. Mined has a workaround for
7598              some of these cases (assuming that rxvt  runs  the  most  recent
7599              Unicode  width  data  version available; or actually the same as
7600              mined assumes - handling of multiple auto-detected terminal Uni‐
7601              code versions does not cover this special case).
7602
7603       ·      If  the  X windows servers has duplicate fonts installed under a
7604              common name (e.g. if it comes with a 10x20 non-Unicode font  and
7605              you install a 10x20 Unicode font in addition), rxvt seems to use
7606              the wrong (i.e., non-Unicode) version of the font and  does  not
7607              find  special  characters  like  the  default marker used in the
7608              flags menus (this was observed since  rxvt  7.5,  rxvt  5.8  was
7609              finding the proper font). Use the mined option -F to adapt mined
7610              to limited font usage, or fix the X server installation.  Or use
7611              the  script  uterm  to start rxvt-unicode. To start rxvt-unicode
7612              from an xterm, use uterm -rx.
7613
7614       ·      Due to the scrollbar display workaround for hanterm (see above),
7615              the  scrollbar  position  may be shown as blank space instead of
7616              coloured (only in rxvt CJK mode with Korean encoding and if  you
7617              explicitly  set  TERM=xterm which you shouldn't anyway in rxvt).
7618              In this case, coloured scrollbar foreground can be enabled  with
7619              the   environment   variable   MINEDSCROLLFG="44;36"  or  MINED‐
7620              SCROLLFG="38;5;45".
7621
7622       ·      As a workaround for an xterm bug on cygwin, mined applies termi‐
7623              nal  size re-adjustment. This may confuse rxvt (being resized to
7624              an unexpectedly large window) if it pretends to be xterm.
7625              Remedy:  in  rxvt,  make  sure  that  the  environment  variable
7626              TERM=rxvt   (or   rxvt-unicode);   the   according   X  resource
7627              (Rxvt.termName: rxvt) is also listed in the file Xdefaults.mined
7628              in the Mined runtime support library.
7629
7630       ·      Mined  determines  the rxvt version in order to use certain fea‐
7631              tures conditionally.
7632
7633       ·      CJK-mode rxvt: rxvt has some character width bugs  when  running
7634              in  CJK encoding; e.g. when running rxvt in Big5 terminal encod‐
7635              ing (locale zh_TW), U+FA18 is displayed with wrong screen  width
7636              while  in  older  version  U+FFED  was display with wrong screen
7637              width; when running rxvt in Shift_JIS terminal encoding, a  num‐
7638              ber  of  character  width  bugs  occur. Mined does not implement
7639              workarounds for those; in general  UTF-8  terminal  encoding  is
7640              advisable to be on the safe side.
7641
7642       urxvt
7643
7644       ·      This  is  rxvt-unicode  as packaged for cygwin. Invoke it with a
7645              proper locale environment variable set  to  enable  UTF-8.   See
7646              also README.cygwin for more detailed hints.
7647
7648       mlterm
7649
7650       ·      Bidirectional  display  handling of mlterm is based on the final
7651              display, not regarding any context (such as positioning control,
7652              that's  why  mined  implements  a workaround for menu display on
7653              mlterm). Since version  3.0.7,  mlterm  supports  logical  order
7654              mouse positioning over right-to-left lines.
7655
7656       ·      For Shift selection, use the small keypad.
7657
7658       ·      Recent  mlterm  before  version  3.1.3 has a problem with colour
7659              control that may render text unreadable.
7660
7661       ·      In recent mlterm versions, Control-function keys cannot be  used
7662              in  mined since they are captured as mlterm hotkeys.  Use a Con‐
7663              trol-V prefix as a workaround.
7664
7665       ·      (Not essential anymore with recent mlterm  versions)  The  Mined
7666              runtime support library includes a configuration file mlterm/key
7667              which defines enhanced escape sequences for  function  keys  and
7668              other  modified  keys  in  order  to  enable  the  functionality
7669              described in this manual. (It also enables the keypad on systems
7670              lacking  its  configuration for mlterm.)  It is essential to use
7671              this configuration especially for the HOP key (keypad "5") which
7672              is oppressed by mlterm by default, and also for Control-punctua‐
7673              tion accent prefix functions, and some others.
7674
7675       ·      In old versions of mlterm,  mouse  wheel  scroll  navigation  in
7676              menus did not work seamlessly due to incorrect escape sequences.
7677
7678       ·      Do  not use mlterm option -n ! It may produce display garbage on
7679              unknown and other characters.
7680
7681       cxterm
7682
7683       ·      Proper configuration is needed to ensure cxterm uses  a  non-CJK
7684              font  of appropriate size to avoid ragged display: parameter -fn
7685              "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"  or  X  resource
7686              cxterm*font: -misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*.
7687
7688       ·      EUC-JP  half-width  characters (8EA1-8EDF) are not properly dis‐
7689              played by cxterm in EUC-JP mode (cxterm -JIS, not  available  in
7690              "classic" cxterm).
7691
7692       ·      Due to the scrollbar display workaround for hanterm (see above),
7693              the scrollbar position may be shown as blank  space  instead  of
7694              coloured  (only in Korean encoding mode which is probably rarely
7695              used with cxterm anyway).   In  this  case,  coloured  scrollbar
7696              foreground  can  be enabled with the environment variable MINED‐
7697              SCROLLFG="44;36" or MINEDSCROLLFG="38;5;45".
7698
7699       ·      Note: The configuration sample file Xefaults.mined in the  Mined
7700              runtime  support  library includes a section to fix some missing
7701              keypad assignments, especially the HOP key (keypad "5") which is
7702              ignored  by  cxterm by default, and the Home and End keys of the
7703              numeric keypad.
7704
7705       kterm
7706
7707       ·      Auto-detection of kterm as a CJK terminal works if the  environ‐
7708              ment  variable TERM indicates "kterm"; otherwise mined has to be
7709              told that it runs in a CJK terminal and which encoding to use:
7710              For kterm -km sjis, set  LC_CTYPE=ja_JP.sjis  (or  invoke  mined
7711              +ES).
7712              For  kterm  -km  euc,  set LC_CTYPE=ja_JP.eucjp (or invoke mined
7713              +EJ).
7714
7715       ·      Note:The configuration sample file Xefaults.mined in  the  Mined
7716              runtime  support  library includes a section to fix some missing
7717              keypad assignments, especially the HOP key (keypad "5") which is
7718              ignored  by  kterm by default, and the Home and End keys of both
7719              keypads.
7720
7721       ·      Note: Mouse wheel scroll navigation in menus does not work seam‐
7722              lessly  in  kterm because kterm sends incorrect escape sequences
7723              on mouse wheel scrolling.
7724
7725       ·      Note: By default (i.e., without explicit -km  option  or  corre‐
7726              sponding  *vt100.kanjiMode  resource  configured), kterm runs in
7727              ISO 2022 mode (yes, it does indeed) which is  not  supported  by
7728              mined.
7729
7730       hanterm
7731
7732       ·      CJK display is buggy at the line beginning or after a Tab, often
7733              only the second byte of the character code is  displayed  as  an
7734              ASCII  character  instead of displaying the complete CJK charac‐
7735              ter.
7736
7737       ·      Character attributes  in  hanterm  used  to  be  all  mapped  to
7738              reverse,  so there was a workaround to enable a visible position
7739              in the scrollbar which is displayed as blank space. The criteria
7740              for this workaround to apply are: CJK terminal (detected or con‐
7741              figured), TERM=xterm, Korean encoding (UHC or Johab)  configured
7742              with  parameter  or  locale. Replaced to enable nicer colours in
7743              scrollbar. To reactivate workaround for older hanterm, set envi‐
7744              ronment variable MINEDSCROLLFG="0".
7745
7746       KDE konsole
7747
7748       ·      Due  to  the  lack of decent Unicode font support in the default
7749              configuration of  the  KDE  konsole  terminal,  menu  appearance
7750              options -QQ and -Qr should not be used; rounded borders are dis‐
7751              abled by default.
7752
7753       ·      The Mined runtime support library includes a configuration  file
7754              konsole/xterm-modified.keytab   which  defines  enhanced  escape
7755              sequences for function keys and other modified keys in order  to
7756              enable  the  functionality  described  in  this manual. Unfortu‐
7757              nately, the qt framework used by konsole  inhibits  the  use  of
7758              some keys and many key combinations.
7759
7760       ·      It  is  especially irritating that konsole disregards the middle
7761              keypad key ("5" in application mode) completely;  so  the  mined
7762              HOP function has to be invoked by alternative means.
7763              As a remedy, the HOP function is also assigned to the "Menu" key
7764              (next to the "Windows" key on PC keyboards) by the configuration
7765              sample  file konsole/xterm-modified.keytab; follow the installa‐
7766              tion instruction in that file and select the  keyboard  type  it
7767              defines  ("xterm  with  key modifiers") in konsole, "Settings" -
7768              "Keyboard" menu.
7769              Another remedy is to reassign the middle keypad key to the X key
7770              symbol Menu (using xmodmap); the script kp5 in the Mined runtime
7771              support library does this.
7772
7773       gnome-terminal
7774
7775       ·      The gnome-terminal uses right mouse click for its  own  terminal
7776              menu. To open a mined menu, use Ctrl-right-mouse-click.
7777
7778       ·      The gnome-terminal does not support modified keys (e.g.  shifted
7779              keypad keys).
7780
7781       ·      The gnome-terminal captures a number of Alt-letter key  combina‐
7782              tions  for  its  own menu access (which can however also be con‐
7783              trolled with the mouse).  To disable this unpleasant  capturing,
7784              so  e.g. mined can open its own menus with Alt-letter, configure
7785              gnome-terminal as follows:
7786              Open menu "Edit" - "Keyboard Shortcuts..."  and  check  "Disable
7787              all  menu  access  keys". Even then, however, F1 and Ctrl-F1 are
7788              suppressed by this quirky terminal.
7789
7790       ·      Mined implicitly assumes its -f option (for limited  font  usage
7791              with  respect to graphic characters) when detecting gnome-termi‐
7792              nal.
7793
7794       Mac OS X Terminal and others
7795
7796       ·      The Mac  OS  X  Terminal  app  does  not  support  mouse  escape
7797              sequences.  Preferably, use xterm or iTerm 2.
7798
7799       ·      In  iTerm 2, enable mouse reporting in the settings menu Prefer‐
7800              ences - Profile - Terminal.
7801
7802       ·      If any Mac terminal (Terminal, xterm, iTerm 2) does not  respond
7803              to  the  ESC key, it is likely to be captured by Speech Recogni‐
7804              tion.  Disable Speech Recognition or try Ctrl-ESC.
7805
7806       Linux console
7807
7808       ·      Mined detects F11, F12, Shift-F1...Shift-F8  properly  (handling
7809              the  shift of 2 applied by the Linux console to shifted function
7810              key codes compared with other terminals); further modified func‐
7811              tion keys are apparently not supported in the Linux console.
7812
7813       screen
7814
7815       Screen, like luit (see below), is a middle layer between the
7816              actual terminal and the user terminal environment.
7817              Running  screen  in  a  cygwin  console produces initial garbage
7818              input in mined.
7819              [Applies to older screen before version 4: Unfortunately, screen
7820              does  not  pass  character  width  handling of its host terminal
7821              transparently to the application  but  apparently  it  maintains
7822              cursor  position  information  with  reference  to  the  system-
7823              installed locale data. Which, however, does not  always  reflect
7824              the  terminal  properties!   Yet  mined detects the proper width
7825              properties of the host terminal (by  using  pass-through  escape
7826              sequences  of  "screen") but only if the environment variable is
7827              set to "screen" (the default of "screen").]
7828              Worse, however, screen apparently transforms cursor  positioning
7829              commands  from  the application into relative cursor positioning
7830              towards the host terminal, which results  in  grossly  incorrect
7831              display  positionining  if  e.g. screen runs in a UTF-8 terminal
7832              but assumes an 8 bit terminal. Also, it interprets certain UTF-8
7833              continuation  bytes as control characters, so even using a work‐
7834              around it is not possible to fix display for all  cases.   Mined
7835              applies  a  workaround  to fix text positioning and menu display
7836              problems with screen.  Another workaround fixes  many  cases  of
7837              UTF-8  character  display  but cannot fix all (since screen cap‐
7838              tures the output of the 0x9C byte).  It is recommended to invoke
7839              screen  only  with  properly configured locale environment vari‐
7840              ables to match the actual terminal encoding.
7841
7842       mintty ("Cygwin Terminal")
7843
7844       Mintty is a Windows-based (non-X) terminal running with cygwin.
7845              Mined auto-detects mintty and  adjusts  certain  properties  and
7846              features accordingly.
7847
7848       ·      Mined detects font changes that change the CJK ambiguous charac‐
7849              ter width properties of the terminal when notified by mintty  if
7850              running in UTF-8 mode.
7851
7852       ·      For  good  coverage of Unicode characters, recommended fonts for
7853              use with mintty are DejaVu Sans Mono,  Lucida  Console,  Courier
7854              New,  Andale  Mono, Everson Mono, SimSun. Discouraged are Lucida
7855              Sans Typewriter, Letter Gothic, Courier, Monaco,  and  older  MS
7856              CJK  fonts,  at least for their lack of (proper) graphic charac‐
7857              ters (for menu borders).  Mined uses the glyph detection feature
7858              of  mintty  (since 0.9.9) to configure a nice set of useful line
7859              markers and menu graphics.
7860
7861       ·      If break interruption (Control-\ key) does not work on  interna‐
7862              tional  keyboards  (if  AltGr is involved), use the special Con‐
7863              trol-Break keyboard function instead.
7864
7865       ·      Note: For right-to-left text editing, the bidi feature of mintty
7866              interferes  with  the  scrollbar  of  mined; you may disable the
7867              scrollbar with -o to reduce visual  confusion.   (Context-depen‐
7868              dent scrollbar display is planned for a later version.)
7869
7870       ·      Note:  With  the  command  scripts  wined or wined.bat, mined is
7871              invoked in a separate Windows terminal session, using mintty  if
7872              available.
7873
7874       ·      Note:  On  some  systems, mouse wheel scrolling does not work in
7875              mintty if the mintty scrollbar is enabled. It can be disabled in
7876              the mintty "Options..." menu, section "Window".
7877
7878       ·      Note:  Mined  temporarily disables mintty shortcut keys for Win‐
7879              dows functions (like Alt-function keys, Alt-space, Alt-Enter) in
7880              order  to  use  them  itself. To toggle mintty full-screen mode,
7881              open  the  mintty  menu  with  Shift-right  mouse  button,  item
7882              "Fullscreen".
7883              (With  mintty  versions  before 0.5.1, for proper usage of Unix-
7884              like keyboards functions,  the  following  settings  are  recom‐
7885              mended:  In  Options  - Keys, disable the Shortcuts "Window com‐
7886              mands" and "Copy and paste".  In Options - Text,  disable  "Show
7887              bold as bright".)
7888
7889       Cygwin console
7890
7891       ·      The cygwin console terminal emulation does not support Shift-F1,
7892              Shift-F2 (which cannot be distinguished from F11,  F12),  Shift-
7893              F11,  Shift-F12;  Control or Alt modified function keys are sup‐
7894              ported beginning cygwin 1.7.2.
7895
7896       ·      Mined detects UTF-8 mode of cygwin  1.7  console  (by  LC_*/LANG
7897              setting  or  for  cygwin  1.7  beta  by CYGWIN containing "code‐
7898              page:utf8").
7899              Note: After rlogin from this console, UTF-8 indication has to be
7900              ensured  explicitly,  e.g.  by  environment setting, or by mined
7901              option +U.
7902
7903       ·      Note: Cygwin console in UTF-8  mode  provides  extended  Unicode
7904              font  support if you select "Lucida Console" or another TrueType
7905              font from its Properties menu.
7906
7907       ·      If the Windows program chcp.com is used within cygwin,  and  the
7908              console  window is set up to use "Raster Fonts", non-ASCII char‐
7909              acters may be mangled.
7910
7911       ·      Mouse coordinates are not properly reported with wheel scrolling
7912              in  the  cygwin  console;  for  that reason, opening a menu with
7913              mouse scrolling does not work.
7914
7915       ·      See also README.cygwin for more detailed hints on weird  details
7916              about the Windows console in different modes.
7917
7918       ·      See also PC terminals above.
7919
7920       Windows console window (DOS command prompt)
7921
7922       ·      The  Windows  console  window  is  normally configured to run in
7923              CP850 encoding or other legacy encodings (depending on localized
7924              Windows configuration), it may also turn out to use CP437.  Non-
7925              displayable characters are replaced as  usual.   The  configured
7926              font may also affect the effective display character set.
7927
7928       ·      However,  if  running a cygwin application (like the cygwin ver‐
7929              sion of mined) from a Windows console, the cygwin emulated  ter‐
7930              minal encoding applies instead, e.g. UTF-8.
7931
7932       ·      Note:  The  (djgpp-compiled)  DOS version of mined automatically
7933              adjusts to the selected console codepage (e.g.  using  the  chcp
7934              command),  it  is advisable to set up the console windows to use
7935              "Raster Fonts" if this is used.  With the  cygwin-compiled  ver‐
7936              sion,  on  the  other hand, using a TrueType font is more stable
7937              with respect to character set problems.
7938
7939       ·      With the djgpp-compiled version apparently  there  is  a  Ctrl-C
7940              problem  on older Windows versions. Every first Ctrl-C will dis‐
7941              play ^C on the screen at  the  current  position  without  mined
7942              noticing  it, while every second Ctrl-C will be passed to mined.
7943              This problem does not occur on Windows XP.   It  does  occur  on
7944              Windows  ME in a Windows console window.  It does not occur with
7945              the cygwin-compiled version.
7946
7947       ·      See also PC terminals above.
7948
7949       Windows PowerShell
7950
7951       ·      →NEW→ Mined detects a Windows PowerShell window and  adjusts  to
7952              its limitations.
7953
7954       Poderosa
7955
7956       ·      This  Windows  terminal  emulator can be used for UTF-8 editing.
7957              To ensure proper function, do not use Terminal Type  "kterm"  or
7958              Encoding "euc-jp" or "shift-jis"
7959
7960       ·      Mined  auto-detection  and  terminal  initialization  can  cause
7961              Poderosa to display warning popups. To avoid them, Select  Tools
7962              -  Options...  -  Terminal;  for "Behavior in case of unexpected
7963              chars", disable "Display a message box".  If you  get  a  notice
7964              "Failed  to  decode  characters by the current encoding utf-8.",
7965              click "Do not display this message from next time".
7966
7967       ·      Poderosa does not provide mouse support for applications.
7968
7969       Terminator
7970
7971       ·      In Edit - Preferences, enable "Use alt key as meta key".
7972
7973       ·      Terminator does not provide mouse support for applications.
7974
7975       PuTTY
7976
7977       ·      This Windows terminal emulation for remote login provides  vari‐
7978              ous  keyboard  (esp.  keypad and function key) assignment emula‐
7979              tions. In SCO mode, shifted function  keys  are  different  from
7980              those of xterm SCO function key emulation; both are supported.
7981
7982       Better Terminal and Terminal Emulator (Android)
7983
7984       ·      There  are  lots of deficiencies in screen control; mined adapts
7985              to Better Terminal.
7986
7987       ·      There are lots of deficiencies in using a real keyboard.
7988
7989       ·      To use a real keyboard, in the terminal settings, map Control to
7990              Left Alt key.
7991
7992       luit
7993
7994       ·      The  locale support add-on for text terminals luit which applies
7995              encoding transformations (e.g. with LC_ALL=zh_CN.gb18030)  often
7996              maps  characters  incorrectly,  including  using  the wrong cell
7997              width.
7998
7999       DECterm
8000
8001       On a VMS system, a DECterm window should be started with:
8002              CREATE /TERMINAL /DETACH
8003
8004       ·      Mined cannot disable flow control option (terminal using ^S  and
8005              ^Q  characters)  despite its handling of the TTSYNC and HOSTSYNC
8006              terminal driver options. To make them usable, DECterm  needs  to
8007              be  configured  manually:  Options  menu - Keyboard... - disable
8008              Ctrl-Q, Ctrl-S = Hold; then Options - Save Options.
8009
8010       ·      On a remote DECterm, numeric keypad and function  keys  may  not
8011              work properly without additional X configuration (xmodmap). Also
8012              the AltGr key does not work, making some characters  unreachable
8013              on international keyboards.
8014
8015       ·      For  VT100  graphics  characters  (used  for  menu borders), the
8016              DECtech fonts (X fonts with -DEC-DECtech encoding)  need  to  be
8017              installed  on  the X server. If the Cygwin/X server is used, the
8018              font-bitstream-dpi* packages should be installed to this aim.
8019
8020       dtterm
8021
8022       ·      With the SCO default font, dtterm  does  not  display  non-ASCII
8023              characters  and even worse, they corrupt further display.  Mined
8024              does not, however, set its screen encoding assumption  to  ASCII
8025              as  dtterm  behaves  properly  with all other fonts (e.g. 10x20,
8026              lucidasanstypewriter, courier).
8027
8028       ·      Home/End, PgUp/PgDn, and HOP keys need to be used with Shift.
8029
8030       SCO Caldera Linux (konsole and xterm)
8031
8032       ·      Window size change signals don't seem to be supported.
8033
8034       Haiku Terminal
8035
8036       For a number of deficiencies of the Haiku Terminal application,
8037              it is preferable to use xterm instead.  Most notable are display
8038              problems with the VT Gothic font; use DejaVu Sans Mono instead.
8039
8040       ·      No wide characters and combining characters.
8041
8042       ·      No Alt-letter escape sequences.
8043
8044       ·      No modified function and cursor keys.
8045
8046       ·      Ignorance of middle keypad key.
8047
8048       ·      Cursor visibility problems (cursor colour vs. reverse mode).
8049
8050       ·      Wrong Control-space key (sends Control-C).
8051
8052       ·      No mouse controls for wheel scrolling.
8053
8054       ·      Unconforming mouse mode handling.
8055
8056        Work-around support to enable 8-bit character set on weird terminals
8057       There  exist  some  exceptionally  weird  7  bit terminals that have an
8058       alternative character set containing composed characters which  can  be
8059       displayed  simultaneously  with  the  default  character set. For those
8060       there is optional output translation which embeds non-ASCII  characters
8061       into  the respective code switching sequences. To enable output charac‐
8062       ter transformation, set the environment variable  MINEDOUT  to  contain
8063       the upper half (with respect to an 8 bit character set) of the transla‐
8064       tion table into the terminal's alternate character set.  (Character set
8065       switching  will be done as specified in the termcap (as/ae) or terminfo
8066       (smacs/rmacs) entry.)  An example setting of MINEDOUT  is  included  in
8067       the  environment sample file profile.mined in the Mined runtime support
8068       library for Siemens 9780x terminals.
8069
8070        Concerning some especially stupid terminal drivers
8071       There used to be terminal drivers which make use of the soft  handshake
8072       mechanism by exchange of ^S and ^Q characters but yet pass them through
8073       to application programs which is quite stupid.  If it is  necessary  to
8074       ignore such hazardous ^S and ^Q keys, the environment variable NoCtrlSQ
8075       or NoControlSQ must be set.  Mined will then not disable the tty  chan‐
8076       nel soft handshake setting either.
8077
8078   Keyboard mapping / Input method preselection
8079       With the environment variable MINEDKEYMAP the active or standby mapping
8080       or both can be preselected. The value is a two-letter script tag to set
8081       the active mapping, or it is prepended with "-" to set the standby map‐
8082       ping, or a combination.
8083       Example:  export  MINEDKEYMAP=-gr  will  set  Greek  keyboard   mapping
8084       standby.   export MINEDKEYMAP=py-rs will set Pinyin input method active
8085       and Radical/Stroke input method standby.
8086       The respective tags attached to the keyboard mappings can be looked  up
8087       in the Input Method flag menu; the HOP function toggles between display
8088       of the full input method name and its tag.
8089
8090   Smart Quotes style configuration
8091       Smart quotes style can also be preselected with the  environment  vari‐
8092       able  MINEDQUOTES  (in addition to command line option -q=..., standard
8093       locale environment variables, or additional  locale  environment  vari‐
8094       ables  LANGUAGE  or  TEXTLANG  which  also  implicitly set smart quotes
8095       mode).
8096       The value of MINEDQUOTES should contain the opening/closing quote  pair
8097       (or  just  the opening quote mark, double or single quotes) and must be
8098       UTF-8 encoded. It can optionally append a space and an inner  quotation
8099       mark  (as  used  for nested quotations) for more specific selection. It
8100       can also indicate French spacing as shown in the example.
8101       Examples (for values of -q parameter or MINEDQUOTES variable):  »  sets
8102       »Danish«  quotes  style and corresponding single smart quotes.  »» sets
8103       »Finnish» quotes style and corresponding single smart  quotes.   «»  ''
8104       (where  ''  denotes a left double quotation mark U+201C) sets «Spanish»
8105       quotes style with English style inner quotation  marks.   «  »  sets  «
8106       French » quotes style with embedded spacing.
8107       See Smart Quotes for more options.
8108
8109   Han info configuration
8110       With  the  environment variable MINEDHANINFO, the information shown for
8111       Han characters can be preselected.  If the  variable  is  defined,  Han
8112       info  mode  is  enabled.  It may contain letters to select description,
8113       pronunciation information, and display mode to be used:
8114
8115       M      show Mandarin pronunciation
8116
8117       C      show Cantonese pronunciation
8118
8119       J      show Japanese pronunciation
8120
8121       S      show Sino-Japanese pronunciation
8122
8123       H      show Hangul pronunciation
8124
8125       K      show Korean pronunciation
8126
8127       V      show Vietnamese pronunciation
8128
8129       P      show Hanyu Pinlu pronunciation
8130
8131       Y      show Hanyu Pinyin pronunciation
8132
8133       X      show XHC Hanyu Pinyin pronunciation
8134
8135       T      show Tang pronunciation
8136
8137       D      show character description
8138
8139       F      display full information (in popup-menu form);  without  F,  the
8140              information will be shown on the status line where it is subject
8141              to truncation
8142
8143   Common paste buffer configuration
8144       The paste buffers, used for cut/copy/paste operations, as well  as  the
8145       inter-window  paste buffer, are located in a temporary directory, using
8146       system conventions by default.   To  maintain  the  inter-window  paste
8147       functionality  even  remotely,  mined  uses  the environement variables
8148       MINEDTMP and MINEDUSER which, in combination, point to  a  user-defined
8149       temporary directory and file name pattern to be used for buffer files:
8150
8151              ·      Set  MINEDTMP to refer to a common mounted network direc‐
8152                     tory on all  machines  which  means  that  the  value  of
8153                     $MINEDTMP  may  have to be different to reflect different
8154                     mount  points  across  the   network.    (On   VMS,   use
8155                     SYS$MINEDTMP).
8156
8157              ·      Set MINEDUSER to the same name within the network even if
8158                     using different user name accounts.
8159       For details, see also the FILES section below.
8160
8161   Keypad configuration
8162       Some X configuration may have to be applied to  enable  keyboard  input
8163       features as used by mined:
8164
8165              ·      Alt key modifier for quicker entry of "ESC" commands.
8166
8167              ·      Assignment  of  the HOP function to the middle keypad key
8168                     ("5").
8169
8170              ·      Assignment of the HOP function to other keys  (especially
8171                     for  convenience on laptops which do not have the numeric
8172                     keypad), e.g. the Pause or Scroll Lock key.
8173
8174              ·      Distinguish "Home" and "End" keys of the two  keypads  in
8175                     order  to make use of this redundancy of typical keyboard
8176                     layout (which is actually a waste of physical  resources,
8177                     causing  unnecessary wrist strain because it increase the
8178                     distance to be moved over for reaching to the mouse).
8179
8180              ·      Enable control and shift modifiers for keypad  and  func‐
8181                     tion keys.
8182
8183              ·      Enable  control  and  shift modifiers for digit keys (for
8184                     use as accent prefix).
8185
8186              ·      Enable control modifier for punctuation keys (for use  as
8187                     accent prefix).
8188       See  the  example  file  Xdefaults.mined  in  the Mined runtime support
8189       library for suggestions.
8190
8191   Printing configuration
8192       Mined uses the script uprint from the Mined runtime support library  to
8193       print  the  current  contents  of the text being edited in any selected
8194       encoding (unless the environment variable MINEDPRINT is set  to  direct
8195       mined to use a different print command).
8196       If  the  support  library is not installed in one of its standard loca‐
8197       tions (system-dependent), it should be made available in the usual com‐
8198       mand search path.
8199       The  script offers a choice of configured printers to select one (using
8200       either Windows registry or →NEW→ CUPS lpstat).
8201       The script uses either paps or uniprint for  actual  formatting  (print
8202       preprocessing).   Under  Windows  (cygwin/stand-alone/djgpp  versions),
8203       mined also considers printing with notepad /p.
8204       paps is available at http://paps.sourceforge.net/ and  uses  the  Pango
8205       layout  engine for formatting.  uniprint is part of the yudit distribu‐
8206       tion; if you don't have it installed on your system, there  is  another
8207       script  makeprint  in the support library which can be used to download
8208       and build the needed uniprint program.  The mined print script (uprint)
8209       prefers  paps if it is available as it has more capabilities for print‐
8210       ing a wide range of Unicode characters, and it does right-to-left  for‐
8211       matting.
8212       The  font to be used with uprint can be configured with the environment
8213       variables FONT, FONTPATH, FONTSIZE.  It is recommended to put a  suffi‐
8214       cient  font  in the directories of $FONTPATH, e.g. DroidSansMono, Luci‐
8215       daTypewriterRegular, Bitstream Cyberbit.
8216       The preferred printer can be configured as usual with  the  environment
8217       variable  PRINTER.   In addition, uprint checks an environment variable
8218       LPR for an alternative for the system printing command (lpr/lp) if that
8219       is needed.
8220       Note:  If  printing  with  uprint fails for some reason, mined tries to
8221       print with either the print command configured in the environment vari‐
8222       able  LPR as a fallback, or with lp/lpr as a last resort. Working char‐
8223       acter encoding support cannot be expected in this case, however.
8224       See Environment variables to configure Printing for further details.
8225
8226   Display layout
8227       Some of the special indication  characters  (that  substitute  non-dis‐
8228       playable  contents)  and  some of the colours used by mined for special
8229       indications and interactive elements may be configured  to  the  user's
8230       preference.
8231       Note: For the configurable character indications, two environment vari‐
8232       ables exist each, to configure an 8 bit value (Latin-1 encoded) and  to
8233       configure  a  Unicode  value (UTF-8 encoded).  The UTF-8 encoded values
8234       (e.g. MINEDUTFRET) take precedence in a UTF-8 terminal.  In  an  8  bit
8235       terminal,  or  if  the respective UTF-8 variable is not configured, the
8236       Latin-1 encoded value applies.  See the example script profile.mined in
8237       the  Mined runtime support library for more details and for a number of
8238       suggestions of suitable values.  Mined does not apply any default  non-
8239       Latin-1  indications in order to avoid display problems with fonts that
8240       do not support them.  Depending on your visual preference, there are  a
8241       number of suitable Unicode characters for use as indications especially
8242       in  the  Unicode  ranges  of  Arrows,  Geometric  Shapes  and   Symbols
8243       (U+2190-U+2BFF).
8244       Note:  For the Latin-1 encoded configured indication markers (variables
8245       MINEDRET etc, not MINEDUTFRET etc), if the configured character  is  in
8246       the small letters range (actually
8247        '`'...DEL)  the  alternate  character  set  is used for display.  This
8248       works also  in  a  UTF-8  terminal,  provided  that  the  corresponding
8249       UTF-8-encoded  indication configuration variable is not set, e.g. MINE‐
8250       DRET=j MINEDUTFRET= (or not defined) would indicate line-ends  by  dis‐
8251       playing a graphic lower right corner, MINEDTAB='`' MINEDUTFTAB= (or not
8252       defined) would indicate Tab  characters  with  VT100  graphics  lozenge
8253       rhombs.
8254       Note:  For  the  UTF-8-encoded configured indication markers (variables
8255       MINEDUTFRET etc), if the marker is a double-width character, a replace‐
8256       ment will be displayed instead.
8257       Note: Mined reduces its assumptions about available graphic and special
8258       characters for display purposes with the options  -f  or  -F.   The  -F
8259       option  also suppresses the interpretation of the MINEDUTF* environment
8260       variables.
8261
8262        Line ends
8263       Line ends are usually marked by a  "«"  double  left  angle  character.
8264       This  visual  indication  can  be changed with the environment variable
8265       MINEDRET (8 bit  terminals)  or  MINEDUTFRET  (UTF-8  terminals).   The
8266       default  or  configured  marker  is  used as an indicator at the end of
8267       every text line on screen (so you can see how many blank  spaces  there
8268       are).
8269       Multi-character  markers:  If  a  second character is configured, it is
8270       used to fill the rest of the screen line, a third configured  character
8271       would terminate the indication at the end of the screen line. ("··«" is
8272       a nice setting for people who used to work at Siemens terminals.)  Pat‐
8273       tern:
8274                 <span>MINEDRET=123  # line end displays as 122222223
8275        Suggestion for a nice line end on UTF-8 mode terminals (check if char‐
8276       acter is included in your font, however!):
8277                 <span>MINEDUTFRET=⏎ # U+23CE
8278
8279
8280       The indication of DOS line ends (CRLF) and Mac line ends  (CR)  may  be
8281       configured with the variables MINEDDOSRET or MINEDUTFDOSRET, and MINED‐
8282       MACRET or MINEDUTFMACRET, respectively.  They are also distinguished by
8283       different colours.
8284
8285        Paragraph ends
8286       With  the  option  -p, mined displays distinct indicators for line ends
8287       and paragraph ends.  A paragraph is defined to continue while lines end
8288       with  white  space  (space  or  Tab  character).  The default paragraph
8289       marker is "¶" and is also used to indicate a line ending with a Unicode
8290       Paragraph  Separator.  It  can be changed with the environment variable
8291       MINEDPARA or MINEDUTFPARA.
8292
8293        Tab characters
8294       Tab characters are usually indicated by a sequence of '·' (middle  dot)
8295       characters.  This can be changed with the environment variable MINEDTAB
8296       (8 bit terminal) or MINEDUTFTAB (UTF-8 terminals).
8297       Multi-character markers: If two characters are configured,  the  second
8298       is  used  to  mark  the middle of the Tab span. If three characters are
8299       configured, the first and last are used to mark the beginning  and  end
8300       of the Tab span.  Pattern:
8301                 <span>MINEDTAB=123  # Tab displays as 12222223
8302                 <span>MINEDTAB=12   # Tab displays as 11112111
8303
8304
8305        Long lines
8306       Lines  which are too long for the screen are usually indicated by a '»'
8307       double right angle (guillemot) character. If the  current  position  is
8308       behind  the  screen margin, the line is shifted out left which is indi‐
8309       cated by a '«' double left angle.  These markers can  be  changed  with
8310       the environment variable MINEDSHIFT or MINEDUTFSHIFT. The first charac‐
8311       ter is used to indicate a line continued to the left of the screen, the
8312       second  character  is used to indicate a line continued to the right of
8313       the screen.
8314
8315        Unicode characters
8316       For a description of special display indications in UTF-8 text  editing
8317       mode see "Unicode display" above.  The indication and highlighting mode
8318       of a non-displayable Unicode character (typically a UTF-8 character  in
8319       a  Latin-1  terminal), as well as the highlighting mode (colour) of the
8320       indication of illegal UTF-8 sequences, can be configured with the vari‐
8321       able MINEDUNI.
8322
8323        Display mode of indicators
8324       It  is  recommended to display these indicator characters in a dim dis‐
8325       play mode to prevent distraction from the text contents. The default is
8326       a  red  colour which is a moderate dark red in xterm.  The display mode
8327       can be used by placing  the  code  part  of  an  ANSI  display  control
8328       sequence in the environment variable MINEDDIM.  E.g., MINEDDIM=31 would
8329       select  the  default  mode,  red  foreground;  in  xterm  only,  MINED‐
8330       DIM="38;5;83;38;5;245"  gives a moderate gray in either 88 or 256 color
8331       mode; in rxvt only, MINEDDIM="38;5;83" gives a moderate gray.
8332       MINEDDIM  can  also  be  set  to  an  integer  percentage  value  (e.g.
8333       MINEDIM="50%")  to  have mined apply dim colour to the indications; the
8334       colour value is computed from the  current  foreground  and  background
8335       colours (works in xterm, or mintty from version 404). The ANSI colour 7
8336       (white) is temporarily redefined for this  purpose  and  restored  when
8337       mined exits.
8338
8339        Display mode of menu borders
8340       The  display  colour of menu borders and menu headers can be configured
8341       with the environment variable MINEDBORDER.  Suitable  values  are  "35"
8342       (magenta), "34" (blue) and "31" (default).
8343
8344        Status line highlighting
8345       Highlighted  parts  of  status  line messages (e.g. initial letters for
8346       help selection after F1) can be configured with the  environment  vari‐
8347       able  MINEDEMPH,  using  foreground  ANSI  modes.   The default is "31"
8348       (effectively red background).
8349
8350        Scrollbar colour
8351       The foreground and background colours of the scrollbar can  be  config‐
8352       ured  with  MINEDSCROLLFG  and  MINEDSCROLLBG, respectively, using ANSI
8353       modes; if only the background is  configured,  the  foreground  is  the
8354       reverse of it. In general, to support fine-grained scrollbar display in
8355       UTF-8 terminals, the foreground and background colour  settings  should
8356       be  the  reverse  of  each  other.   The  default for the background is
8357       "46;34;48;5;45" if use of 256 colour mode is enabled, or "46;34" if  it
8358       is  disabled.   The  default for the foreground is "", meaning that the
8359       reverse background is used, with a workaround for hanterm (see above).
8360
8361        Menu colour and border style
8362       The highlighting background colour of the selected  menu  item  can  be
8363       configured  with  MINEDSEL, using reverse ANSI modes (i.e.  using fore‐
8364       ground parameters for the background)  and  MINEDSELFG  for  the  fore‐
8365       ground,  using  reverse  ANSI  modes.  The  default  values  are MINED‐
8366       SELFG="43" and MINEDSEL="34", giving yellow on blue.  If selected  menu
8367       items  appear  too  dark  (which mined tries to avoid, depending on the
8368       terminal),  try  one  of  the  workarounds  MINEDSEL="34;1"  or  MINED‐
8369       SELFG="43;1".
8370       Menu  border  styles  can  be  selected with the option -Q.  For a nice
8371       selection bar that extends from left to right menu border, the  setting
8372       -QQ  is recommended (this is the default unless the terminal is assumed
8373       not to provide  sufficient  font  configuration  for  this  option;  it
8374       depends  on  certain  graphic  Unicode characters being included in the
8375       terminal font and can be disabled with -Qq).
8376
8377        Combining character display
8378       The highlighting background colour of combining characters displayed in
8379       separated  mode can be configured with MINEDCOMBINING, using ANSI back‐
8380       ground modes.  The default value is MINEDCOMBINING=46, to change colour
8381       e.g.  to yellow background, use MINEDCOMBINING=43.
8382
8383   Interactive Help access
8384       Mined  looks  for  its help file in a number of typical directories for
8385       installation of the Mined runtime support library.  If it is placed  in
8386       a non-standard location, the environment variable MINEDDIR should point
8387       to the directory.  (Mined also tries to  find  the  help  file  in  the
8388       directory  where it was started from; this is especially useful for the
8389       DOS/Windows version.)
8390
8391   Mined compile-time configuration
8392        Script highlighting
8393       The the mined distribution contains a file src/colours.cfg; it contains
8394       entries  with  the  script  name  (as  listed  in the Unicode data file
8395       Scripts.txt), blank space, and a colour index into the xterm 256-colour
8396       mode. (To make good use of 256 colour mode, the terminal program should
8397       be compiled with 256 colour support enabled. Configure xterm with  con‐
8398       figure --enable-256-color .)
8399       Edit colours.cfg before building mined to adapt coloured script display
8400       to your preferences.
8401
8402        Encodings and Encoding menu
8403       The mined distribution contains a file src/charmaps.cfg  which  defines
8404       the  character encodings that mined knows and how they are presented in
8405       the Encoding menu, together with flags for indication in  the  Encoding
8406       flag  and  tags for use with the -E and +E options (and the MINEDDETECT
8407       environment variable).
8408       The configuration file allows the definition of submenus in the  Encod‐
8409       ing menu.
8410       Each character encoding entry charmap-name must correspond to an exist‐
8411       ing character mapping file charmaps/charmap-name.map.  Additional char‐
8412       acter mappings can be generated with the script mkchrmap.
8413
8414        Encodings recognised by locale names
8415       The  mined  distribution  contains  a  file  src/locales.cfg which maps
8416       locale names to associated character encodings.  While this  list  con‐
8417       tains  mainly locale names without explicit encoding suffix, mined also
8418       checks generic locale name suffix values and assumes the  corresponding
8419       terminal  encoding.   Thus the given names or suffixes can be used even
8420       on legacy systems without locale support to indicate the terminal envi‐
8421       ronment and preferred text encoding properly to mined.
8422
8423        Keyboard mapping (Input method)
8424       The  mined  distribution  contains  a file src/keymaps.cfg and a script
8425       mkkbmap; go into the src directory and use the script to generate addi‐
8426       tional  keyboard  mappings:  The parameter to the mkkbmap script can be
8427       one of
8428
8429              path.../name.mim
8430                     a keyboard mapping file of the  m17n-db  multilingualiza‐
8431                     tion package
8432
8433              path.../name.kmap
8434                     a keyboard mapping file of the yudit text editor
8435
8436              path.../name.vim
8437                     a keyboard mapping file of the vim text editor
8438
8439              path.../name.cit
8440                     an  input  method  mapping  file  of the cxterm terminal,
8441                     binary form; only works if the cxterm binary/text conver‐
8442                     sion utility cit2tit is accessible
8443
8444              path.../name.tit
8445                     an input method mapping file of the cxterm terminal, text
8446                     form; only works if the character set conversion  utility
8447                     iconv is accessible and works on the mapping file
8448
8449              path.../name.utf
8450                     an  input  method  mapping  file  of the cxterm terminal,
8451                     already converted to UTF-8 encoding (e.g. with iconv)
8452
8453              Cangjie [ < HKSCS Changjie table file name > ]
8454                     with this tag, a keyboard mapping for the  Cangjie  input
8455                     method  will  be  generated,  taking information from the
8456                     Unihan database (unicode.org);
8457                     with a second parameter, a Big5-encoded  table  of  HKSCS
8458                     Changjie  input codes will be merged in, the parameter is
8459                     either the file name or a  +  sign  which  is  implicitly
8460                     expanded      to      the      relative     path     name
8461                     etc/charmaps/hkscs/hkscs-2004-cj.txt;  the  HKSCS   input
8462                     codes  file should be taken from http://info.gov.hk/digi
8463                     tal21/eng/hkscs/
8464
8465              MainlandTelegraph , TaiwanTelegraph
8466                     with one of these tags, a keyboard mapping will be gener‐
8467                     ated  using  one  of  these  telegraph  codes as an input
8468                     method, taking information from the Unihan database (uni‐
8469                     code.org)
8470
8471              Cantonese , HanyuPinlu , Mandarin , Tang
8472                     with one of these tags, a keyboard mapping will be gener‐
8473                     ated using the  according  Chinese  pronunciation  as  an
8474                     input method, taking information from the Unihan database
8475                     (unicode.org)
8476
8477              JapaneseKun , JapaneseOn
8478                     with one of these tags, a keyboard mapping will be gener‐
8479                     ated  using Japanese or Sino-Japanese pronunciation as an
8480                     input method, taking information from the Unihan database
8481                     (unicode.org)
8482
8483              Korean , Vietnamese
8484                     with one of these tags, a keyboard mapping will be gener‐
8485                     ated using Korean or Vietnamese pronunciation as an input
8486                     method, taking information from the Unihan database (uni‐
8487                     code.org)
8488
8489              VIQR , VNI , Vtelex
8490                     with one of these tags, a keyboard mapping will be gener‐
8491                     ated  for the respective Vietnamese input methods, taking
8492                     character information from  the  Unicode  database  (uni‐
8493                     code.org)
8494
8495              script tag
8496                     for  many scripts listed in the UnicodeData.txt database,
8497                     character names listed there can build a useful  keyboard
8498                     mapping; mkkbmap will then generate an according keyboard
8499                     mapping file, e.g. for Bopomofo
8500       Each successful generation of a mapping table adds an entry to the con‐
8501       figuration file keymaps.cfg; the entry is however initially disabled as
8502       it usually needs manual adjustment: edit the configuration file; enable
8503       the  new  entry  by removing the leading '#' character, check the first
8504       element which will be the name of the mapping to appear  in  the  Input
8505       Method  menu, check the last element of the entry which is a two-letter
8506       shortcut and must be unique for all mappings, then move  the  entry  to
8507       the  position  where  you  want  it to appear in the menu. You can also
8508       group mappings by adding "-" lines in this configuration file.
8509       For the Unicode data version used for included keyboard  mappings,  see
8510       the mined change log.
8511       For  the  keyboard  mappings generated from Unihan data, characters are
8512       sorted according to the priorities of their Unicode  ranges  (assigning
8513       lower  priority  to  "Supplement"  and  "Extension" and "Compatibility"
8514       ranges).  So for some input mnemos, the "pick  list"  for  the  Cangjie
8515       input method is displayed more in order of relevance.
8516       For  keyboard  mappings for CJK encodings, mkkbmap will add appropriate
8517       punctuation mapping entries  for  Chinese,  Japanese,  Korean,  respec‐
8518       tively,  in  addition  to  the entries derived from the respective data
8519       source.
8520

ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES

8522       Environment variables for configuration of  mined  are  listed  in  the
8523       script file profile.mined in the Mined runtime support library together
8524       with explanations and suggested values.
8525            Further variables used by mined in the usual meaning are:
8526
8527            HOME
8528
8529            USER
8530
8531            SHELL
8532
8533            MINEDOPT
8534
8535            LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, LANG
8536              Locale variables affect assumed terminal encoding, default  text
8537              encoding, and language-related features (such as quote style).
8538
8539            LANGUAGE
8540              Affects language-related features. Affects assumed text encoding
8541              only if it has an explicit encoding suffix (like .UTF-8).   Does
8542              not affect assumed terminal encoding.
8543
8544            TEXTLANG
8545              Deprecated: like LANGUAGE.
8546
8547            CYGWIN
8548
8549            TMPDIR
8550
8551            TMP
8552
8553            TEMP (MSDOS)
8554
8555            SYS$SCRATCH (VMS)
8556
8557            TERM
8558              Terminal type to be assumed.
8559
8560            ESCDELAY
8561              Delay after an ESCAPE character that mined waits for recognition
8562              of a function key control sequence. Default is 450 ms.
8563
8564            MAPDELAY (non-standard)
8565              Similar delay that mined applies to wait  for  subsequent  input
8566              characters  when  applying keyboard mapping for an input method.
8567              Default is 900 ms.
8568
8569            LINES, COLUMNS (MSDOS ANSI mode only)
8570              Line / column count of terminal to be assumed.
8571
8572            windir
8573              Used to determine if it runs  under  MS  Windows  and  set  some
8574              defaults (screen output delay) accordingly.
8575
8576        Environment variables to configure Printing
8577            MINEDPRINT
8578              Print  command  to use instead of uprint; the value must contain
8579              the string '%s' (quoting recommended) to insert the file name.
8580
8581            FONT
8582              Name of a font file, e.g. LucidaBrightRegular or bodoni.ttf  for
8583              use with uprint/uniprint (the file must reside in the configured
8584              font path), or name of a font as specified with  fontconfig  (in
8585              $HOME/.fonts.conf   or   /etc/fonts/fonts.conf)   for  use  with
8586              uprint/paps.
8587
8588            FONTPATH
8589              Directory search path (separate directory names  with  ":")  for
8590              use with uprint/uniprint which uses Truetype fonts.
8591
8592            FONTSIZE
8593              Font size to be used with uprint (paps or uniprint).
8594
8595            LPR
8596              Print  spooling command to be used by uprint (or mined itself if
8597              uprint does not  work)  instead  of  the  system-specific  print
8598              spooling command (e.g. lpr).
8599
8600            PRINTER
8601              Name of printer to spool to.
8602

FILES

8604   Unix
8605       $MINEDDIR
8606              directory   in  which  the  Mined  runtime  support  library  is
8607              installed, including the help file mined.hlp  and  the  printing
8608              script uprint
8609
8610       mined.hlp
8611              help  file  for interactive hints (F1 commands); mined looks for
8612              the file in $MINEDDIR/help, $0, and a number  of  other  typical
8613              directories where program support files are installed on various
8614              systems
8615
8616       $MINEDTMP
8617              directory for auxiliary files, first attempt Using this variable
8618              and  $MINEDUSER  (see  below),  you can establish copy and paste
8619              among machines that share network directories but  are  normally
8620              configured  to  use  separate (usually local) temporary directo‐
8621              ries.
8622
8623       $TMPDIR
8624              directory for auxiliary files, next attempt
8625
8626       $TMP   directory for auxiliary files, next attempt
8627
8628       $TEMP  directory for auxiliary files, next attempt
8629
8630       /usr/tmp
8631              directory for auxiliary files, next attempt
8632
8633       /tmp   directory for auxiliary files, next attempt
8634
8635       Note: $MINEDUSER
8636              user name assumed instead of $USER for building  auxiliary  file
8637              names;  using this, common copy-and-paste buffers can be used on
8638              a network file system from different  machines  where  the  user
8639              possibly has different user names
8640
8641       $HOME/.fonts.conf
8642              fonts  configuration file for use with uprint/paps; for descrip‐
8643              tion,  see  http://fontconfig.org/fontconfig-user.html  or   man
8644              fonts.conf
8645
8646       minedbuf.< USER >.< PID >.< NN >
8647              temporary  file  for  paste buffer; USER is either $MINEDUSER or
8648              $USER
8649
8650       minedbuf.< USER >
8651              file for inter-window paste buffer; USER is either $MINEDUSER or
8652              $USER;  see  descriptions  of $MINEDTMP and $MINEDUSER above for
8653              how to set up a common inter-window paste buffer in a  heteroge‐
8654              neous network
8655
8656       minedrecover.< USER >.< PID >
8657              panic  file  to  rescue text in case of crash or external signal
8658              caught
8659
8660   VMS
8661       SYS$MINEDTMP:$MINED$user_BUF.pid_nn
8662              paste buffer
8663
8664       SYS$MINEDTMP:$MINEDBUF$user
8665              inter-window paste buffer
8666
8667       SYS$SCRATCH:$MINEDRECOVER$user$pid
8668              panic file
8669
8670       SYS$SCRATCH:$MINEDPRINT$user$pid$n.lis
8671              print spool file
8672
8673       MINED$HELP
8674              help file (may be configured as a logical name)
8675
8676       If SYS$MINEDTMP is not available,
8677              SYS$SCRATCH is used instead.  If SYS$SCRATCH is  not  available,
8678              SYS$LOGIN is used instead.
8679
8680   MSDOS / Windows
8681       %MINEDDIR%\help\mined.hlp
8682              help file, first attempt (to find it)
8683
8684       mined.hlp (in mined program directory)
8685              help file, next attempt
8686
8687       %MINEDTMP%\minedbuf.nn
8688              paste buffer
8689
8690       %MINEDTMP%\minedbuf
8691              inter-window paste buffer
8692
8693       %MINEDTMP%\minedbuf.%MINEDUSER%
8694              inter-window paste buffer, as configured to use the same file as
8695              other mined versions in a heterogeneous network; note,  however,
8696              that %MINEDUSER% will be shortened to 3 characters in pure DOS
8697
8698       %MINEDTMP%\minedsv_.*
8699              panic file
8700
8701       If %MINEDTMP% is not available,
8702              %TEMP% or %TMP% or \ are used.
8703

DIAGNOSTICS

8705       In  all  cases where it is considered sensible, the appropriate message
8706       of a system error occurred is displayed (instead of printing  numerical
8707       hieroglyphs  or indistinguished commonplace messages as many other UNIX
8708       tools do).
8709

BUGS

8711       In an extremely narrow terminal window (less  than  8  characters),  if
8712       lines  are  shifted  out  of  the display, moving the cursor around may
8713       cause positioning errors and display garbage.
8714
8715       (MSDOS, Windows:) With non-cygwin versions (djgpp), piped editing  from
8716       standard input does not work for unknown reason.
8717
8718       (Windows:)  Non-cygwin  versions (djgpp) do not work in xterm, rxvt, or
8719       mintty.
8720

AUTHOR AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

8722       Long ago, the initial version of mined was written for the Minix educa‐
8723       tional  operating system by Michiel Huisjes.  It was adapted to Unix by
8724       Achim Müller who added termcap  support.   Mined  was  later  debugged,
8725       partly rewritten and enhanced and is now maintained by Thomas Wolff.
8726       Please send comments, suggestions, bug reports to mined@towo.net.
8727
8728   Mailing list
8729       Mined  is  also hosted as a sourceforge project (sf.net/projects/mined)
8730       where a mailing list is available. To subscribe for  information  about
8731       updates, or discussion, error reports, and feature requests, or to send
8732       a mail, please go to the Mined mailing list page.
8733
8734   Acknowledgements
8735              ·      Thanks to Nadim Shaikli < shaikli @ yahoo.com > for  dis‐
8736                     cussion  of  right-to-left  issues  and interworking with
8737                     mlterm.
8738
8739              ·      Thanks to Mike Fabian  < mfabian @ suse.de >  for  making
8740                     the RPM package included in the SuSE distribution.
8741
8742              ·      Thanks to Ziying Sherwin < sherwin @ nlm.nih.gov > and R.
8743                     P. Channing Rodgers < rodgers @ nlm.nih.gov > for sugges‐
8744                     tions  and information about CJK input method support and
8745                     multiple choice handling (pick lists).
8746
8747              ·      Thanks to Tobias Ernst < tobias_ernst @ eml.cc > for pro‐
8748                     viding a Mac OS X makefile and suggestion and information
8749                     to implement Emacs command mode.
8750
8751              ·      Thanks to 吴咏炜 (Wu  Yongwei)  < yongwei @ eastday.com >
8752                     for  suggestions and information about Pinyin input meth‐
8753                     ods, for discussion about keyboard mappings for CJK punc‐
8754                     tuation,  and  for  further  maintaining the Pinyin input
8755                     method.
8756
8757              ·      Thanks   to    Ramakrishnan    Muthukrishnan    < rkrish‐
8758                     nan @ debian.org > for making the Debian package.
8759
8760              ·      Thanks  to  Thierry  Thomas < thierry @ FreeBSD.org > for
8761                     making the FreeBSD package.
8762
8763              ·      Thanks to Tobias Nygren < tnn @ NetBSD.org >  for  making
8764                     the NetBSD package.
8765
8766              ·      Thanks  to  Jim  Breen  for suggesting better overview of
8767                     input methods and more language-specific advice for  non-
8768                     techy  persons  which  led to the new chapter on Language
8769                     support.
8770
8771mined 2015.25                     March 2015                          mined(1)
Impressum